Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • DTC Index (Engine)
      • Self-Diagnostics DTCS
    • DTC Index (Transmission)
      • Self-Diagnostics (Transmission) DTCS
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3, 318i & 318ti (1/96-8/96)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3, 318i & 318ti (9/96-8/97)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3 (10/97-8/98), 318i (9/97-6/98) & 318ti (9/97-6/98)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 318ti (9/98-12/98)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder : M52 - 2.8L (11/95-8/96)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (3-Series - 9/96-8/97) & 5-Series (3/96-8/97)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (M3 - 4/96-8/97)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (9/97-8/98)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (323i, 328i & 528i - 9/98-5/99)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (M COUPE, M ROADSTER, M3, Z3, 328is, 528i - 9/98-5/99)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (Z3 - 6/99-5/00)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (323i, 328i & 528i - 6/99-8/00)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (4/00-9/01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission (9/01-8/02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm Transmission (9/01-8/02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Transmission (9/02-2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm5 Transmission (9/02-2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission (3/03-2003)
        • DTC Index (Transmission)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 (5-Speed) - AWD Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 (6-Speed) - AWD Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Non-AWD Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm5 - AWD (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8: Transmission (1/96-8/97)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/97-8/00)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/00-8/01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/01-8/02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (5-Speed - 9/02-2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8: Transmission (SMG - 2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 & V12 Transmission (6-Speed - 2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 & V12 Transmission (6-Speed - 2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1996)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1997)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1998-2000)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (2001)
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Tech Tips
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.4L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • AUDIO, NAVIGATION, ANTI-THEFT AND RESTRAINTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Mono Radio
        • 65 11 030 Removing and installing / replacing radio receiver
        • 65 11 055 Removing and installing/replacing radio receiver (with board monitor)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 11 070 Removing and installing/replacing CD changer
      • Stereo Radio Amplifier
        • 65 12 000 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers
        • 65 12 020 Removing and installing or replacing rear loudspeakers (rear shelf)
        • 65 12 040 Removing and installing / replacing operating unit for Top hifi system
        • 65 12 070 Removing and installing/replacing amplifier (HiFi system)
      • Speaker And Cover
        • 65 13 050 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (high-range)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 13 070 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (mid-range)
        • 65 13 071 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (rear shelf)
      • Aerial - Antenna
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
      • Rear Window Arial - Antenna
        • 65 24 010 Removing and installing or replacing antenna amplifier
        • 65 24 020 Removing and installing or replacing wavetrap
      • Videos and TV Set
        • 65 50 510 Removing and installing/replacing video module for on-board monitor (saloon)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Video Monitor
        • 65 52 013 Removing and installing complete on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 023 Replacing panel for on-board monitor (control panel, widescreen)
        • 65 52 043 Removing and installing/replacing housing with drive for on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 510 Removing and installing on-board monitor
        • 65 52 520 Replacing trim panel for on-board monitor (control panel)
        • 65 52 530 Removing and installing/replacing LC display for on-board monitor
      • Anti theft Alarm System
        • 65 75 570 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for radio interior protection
      • Air Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 016 Removing and installing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 518 Replacing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 550 Removing and installing/replacing collision sensor for left or right side airbag
      • On Board Computer
        • 65 81 010 Removing and installing or replacing Multi-Information-Display (MID)
      • Navigation System
        • 65 90 ... Notes on handling navigation computers
          • All model series:
        • 65 90 001 Calibrating wheels for navigation system 1 (up to 9/97, measured with distance travelled)
        • 65 90 510 Removing and installing/replacing navigation computer with CD-drive
        • 65 90 520 Removing and installing/replacing receiver module for Global Positioning System (GPS)
        • 65 90 530 Removing and installing magnetic field sensor
        • 65 90 540 Removing and installing/replacing antenna for Global Positioning System (GPS)
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Special Tools - E38
      • Audio, Navigation And Anti-Theft
        • 65 1 010 Test lead
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 65 2 000 Spanner
      • 65 2 100 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 65 2 400 Angle connector (5)
      • 65 5 010 Test kit
      • 65 5 400 Release bracket
      • 65 7 100 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS
      • 65 7 110 Adapter lead
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Tightening Torques
      • Airbag Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 Airbag triggering control
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Remote Keyless Entry - Service Information
      • New Radio Remote Control (RKE)
        • Notes
        • 1. Radio technology
        • 2. Radio remote control, general information
        • 3. System overview
        • 4. Remote control functions
        • 5. Operating reliability
        • 6. New radio transmitter (key)
          • Notes
          • 6.1 Operating Principles Of Input Keys
          • 6.2 Signal Processing
          • 6.3 Power Supply
          • 6.4 Voltage Monitoring
        • 7. System initialization
          • Notes
          • Initialization Procedure:
        • 8. Diagnosis
        • 9. System interconnections
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • DISTANCE SYSTEMS, CRUISE CONTROL - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740Il - e38
      • Radio Controller Lock
        • 66 12 510 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for remote radio control
        • 66 12 515 Replace antenna for remote radio control
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Park Distance Control
        • 66 20 538 Removing and installing / replacing a rear ultrasonic converter (center)
      • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • 66 31 001 Adjusting ACC sensor
        • 66 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing ACC sensor
    • Distance Systems, Cruise Control Systems - Special Tools - E38
      • Distance System, Cruise Control System
        • 66 2 100 Set of tools
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
  • Communication Devices
    • Cellular Communication Systems - Overview
      • Telematics
        • Frequently Asked Questions
        • Glossary
          • AMPS Advanced Mobile Phone System
          • APCO
          • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
          • CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data
          • CTIA
          • Data Bus
          • DCS-1800
          • DCS-1900
          • DCTU Digital Cordless Telephone U.S.
          • DECT Digital European Cordless Telephone
          • ETACS Enhanced TACS (Total Access Communication System)
          • ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
          • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
          • FLEX® Protocol
          • Gateway
          • GPS Global Positioning System
          • GSM Global System for Mobiles
          • Half-Rate
          • IDB ITS Data Bus
          • iDEN® Integrated Digital Enhanced Network
          • InFLEXion®
          • Is-41
          • Is-54
          • Is-95
          • ISO 9000
          • ISO 9001
          • ITS IntelligentTransportation Systems
          • ITS America IntelligentTransportation Systems of America
          • JDC Japanese Digital Cellular
          • JTAC Japanese Total Access Communication
          • LMR Land Mobile Radio
          • MMI Man/Machine Interface
          • NAMPS
          • PCS Personal Communications Service
          • PCS-1900
          • PDC Personal Digital Cellular
          • PHS Personal Handy System
          • Protocol
          • PSAP Public Safety Answering Point
          • QS 9000
          • ReFLEX®
          • SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
          • SIM Subscriber Identification Module
          • TACS Total Access Communication System
          • TCU Telematics Control Unit
          • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
          • TETRA TErrestrial Trunked RAdio
          • TIA Telecommunications Industry Association
          • User Interface
          • VR Virtual Reality
          • WAP Wireless Application Protocol
    • Introduction To Bus Systems - Overview
      • Introduction to Bus Systems
        • Notes
        • Introduction to Bus Systems
        • Multiplexing
        • Bus Communication Speeds
        • Bus System Structure
        • Bus System Application
        • Diagnosis Bus (D-Bus)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Connector
            • Notes
            • Gateways
        • Controller Area Network (CAN-Bus)
          • Notes
          • CAN-Bus Operation
            • Notes
            • Terminal Resistors
          • CAN Communication Protocol
        • Information and Body Bus (I and K-Bus)
          • Notes
          • Bus System Overview
          • Troubleshooting The I/K-Bus
          • Failure Of The Bus Cable
            • Notes
            • Failure Of One Of The Control Units Attached To The I/K-Bus.
            • Failure Of The Voltage Supply To Individual Modules.
            • Interference In The Bus Cables.
          • Peripheral Bus (P-Bus)
          • Troubleshooting The P-Bus
        • M-Bus
          • Notes
          • Communication Protocol
          • M-Bus Topology
          • M-Bus Troubleshooting
    • Most Bus Diagnostics - Overview
      • MOST Bus Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • MOST Bus Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • CCC/Mask
          • Diagnosis Excessive Temperature
          • Control Module Resets
        • MOST Configuration
          • Notes
          • Same Sequence
          • Different Sequence
          • Ring Break Diagnosis
          • Stability Check
          • MOST Control Unit Supply
        • E65 MOST Bus Diagnosis
          • Fault Symptoms E65
          • Creating Images
            • Notes
            • Non-Digitized Area
            • Self-Burnt DVDs
          • Telephone E65
          • Audio
        • Byteflight
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
          • Light Attenuation
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • DISTANCE SYSTEMS, CRUISE CONTROL - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740Il - e38
      • Radio Controller Lock
        • 66 12 510 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for remote radio control
        • 66 12 515 Replace antenna for remote radio control
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Park Distance Control
        • 66 20 538 Removing and installing / replacing a rear ultrasonic converter (center)
      • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • 66 31 001 Adjusting ACC sensor
        • 66 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing ACC sensor
    • Distance Systems, Cruise Control Systems - Special Tools - E38
      • Distance System, Cruise Control System
        • 66 2 100 Set of tools
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
  • Entertainment Systems
    • AUDIO, NAVIGATION, ANTI-THEFT AND RESTRAINTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Mono Radio
        • 65 11 030 Removing and installing / replacing radio receiver
        • 65 11 055 Removing and installing/replacing radio receiver (with board monitor)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 11 070 Removing and installing/replacing CD changer
      • Stereo Radio Amplifier
        • 65 12 000 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers
        • 65 12 020 Removing and installing or replacing rear loudspeakers (rear shelf)
        • 65 12 040 Removing and installing / replacing operating unit for Top hifi system
        • 65 12 070 Removing and installing/replacing amplifier (HiFi system)
      • Speaker And Cover
        • 65 13 050 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (high-range)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 13 070 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (mid-range)
        • 65 13 071 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (rear shelf)
      • Aerial - Antenna
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
      • Rear Window Arial - Antenna
        • 65 24 010 Removing and installing or replacing antenna amplifier
        • 65 24 020 Removing and installing or replacing wavetrap
      • Videos and TV Set
        • 65 50 510 Removing and installing/replacing video module for on-board monitor (saloon)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Video Monitor
        • 65 52 013 Removing and installing complete on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 023 Replacing panel for on-board monitor (control panel, widescreen)
        • 65 52 043 Removing and installing/replacing housing with drive for on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 510 Removing and installing on-board monitor
        • 65 52 520 Replacing trim panel for on-board monitor (control panel)
        • 65 52 530 Removing and installing/replacing LC display for on-board monitor
      • Anti theft Alarm System
        • 65 75 570 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for radio interior protection
      • Air Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 016 Removing and installing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 518 Replacing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 550 Removing and installing/replacing collision sensor for left or right side airbag
      • On Board Computer
        • 65 81 010 Removing and installing or replacing Multi-Information-Display (MID)
      • Navigation System
        • 65 90 ... Notes on handling navigation computers
          • All model series:
        • 65 90 001 Calibrating wheels for navigation system 1 (up to 9/97, measured with distance travelled)
        • 65 90 510 Removing and installing/replacing navigation computer with CD-drive
        • 65 90 520 Removing and installing/replacing receiver module for Global Positioning System (GPS)
        • 65 90 530 Removing and installing magnetic field sensor
        • 65 90 540 Removing and installing/replacing antenna for Global Positioning System (GPS)
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Special Tools - E38
      • Audio, Navigation And Anti-Theft
        • 65 1 010 Test lead
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 65 2 000 Spanner
      • 65 2 100 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 65 2 400 Angle connector (5)
      • 65 5 010 Test kit
      • 65 5 400 Release bracket
      • 65 7 100 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS
      • 65 7 110 Adapter lead
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Tightening Torques
      • Airbag Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 Airbag triggering control
    • BMW Universal BLUETOOTH - Overview
      • BMW Universal Bluetooth™
        • Introduction
        • What is Bluetooth™
          • Notes
          • Communication/Security
          • Data and Voice
          • Bluetooth™ Enabled Phones
        • Advantages of the ULF System
          • Notes
          • System Overview
          • ULF Control Module
          • Oddment Tray
          • Pairing Button
          • Bluetooth™ Antenna
        • System Operation
          • Initial Operation
          • Pairing Procedure
            • Notes
            • In Vehicle:
            • System Functions
          • Indicator Lamps
          • Adopting Telephone Book
          • Placing a Call
          • Receiving/Accepting a Call
          • Conducting a Call
          • Ending a Call
          • Transfer Active Call From Phone to ULF
          • Transfer Active Call from ULF to Phone
          • Linking Several Bluetooth™ Mobile Phones
          • Deleting Devices
        • Technical Information
        • System Overview
          • Notes
          • Voice Recognition
          • Coding ULF Control Module to Vehicle
          • Function Test
        • Troubleshooting
        • Connector Pin Assignments
    • Entertainment & Communication - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Entertainment and Communication
        • Notes
        • Multi-Information Display
          • Notes
          • MID Self Test
          • MID Comparison
          • On Board Computer (BC)
            • Notes
            • BC Operation
              • Notes
              • Entering Time/Date
              • Reset Time
              • Reset Date
              • Programming Functions
              • Resetting Non-Programming Functions
          • Code Functions
        • Audio Systems
          • Notes
          • Radio/Tape Or CD Player
          • Multi-Information Display
          • Amplifier
          • CD Changer
          • MFL Controls
          • Digital Sound Processing
            • Notes
            • Anti-Theft Feature
            • Antenna Diversity
          • Radio Test Functions
        • Telephone Systems
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Lighting Systems
        • Notes
        • Light Check Module (LCM)
          • Notes
          • Lamp Control And Monitoring
          • Bulb Ratings
          • LCM Input Signals
          • Brake Light Switch
          • Dimmer
          • Light Switch Illumination
          • Emergency Operation
          • LCM III
            • Notes
            • Replacement Lighting
            • Output Voltage Limiting Function
            • Follow Me Home Lighting
        • Xenon Headlight Systems
          • Notes
          • LWR
          • Version Identification
            • Notes
            • Headlight Replacement Parts
          • Xenon High Intensity Discharge Bulbs
          • Phases Of Bulb Operation
            • Notes
            • Functional Description
          • Xenon Bulb Monitoring
            • Notes
            • Xenon Headlight Assembly Components
        • Headlight Beam Throw Control (LWR)
          • Overview
          • LWR Components
            • LWR Control Module - E38, E39 And E53 Vehicles
            • Level Sensors
            • Headlight Adjustment Stepper Motors
          • Functional Description
            • Notes
            • Headlight Alignment
          • LWR Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • LWR IPO
    • LIGHTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lamp Setting
        • 63 10 Adjusting headlight for RHD/LHD vehicles
          • Notes
          • From 09/98:
        • 63 10 ... Test requirements for headlight vertical aim adjustment
          • Notes
          • Light/dark limit of headlights in headlight aimer
        • 63 10 004 Aiming headlights
        • 63 10 014 Adjusting foglights
      • Headlights
        • 63 12 001 Removing and installing/replacing complete left-hand headlight assembly
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 63 12 002 Removing and installing or replacing complete right headlight
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 63 12 034 Removing and installing or replacing lens/reflector for left headlight
        • 63 12 035 Removing and installing or replacing lens/reflector for right headlight
        • 63 12 040 Removing and installing or replacing lens with cover frame for left headlight
        • 63 12 041 Removing and installing or replacing lens with cover frame for right headlight
        • 63 12 401 Replacing left headlight insert
        • 63 12 402 Replacing right headlight insert
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 870 Replacing ignition unit for left xenon headlight
        • 63 12 871 Replacing right ignition unit for right xenon headlight
      • Turn Signal Indicator
        • 63 13 150 Removing and installing/replacing complete front left or right turn signal lamp
      • Fog Light Auxiliary
        • 63 17 000 Removing and installing or replacing fog lamp insert (complete)
      • Rear Light Cluster
        • 63 21 180 Removing and installing or replacing complete tail light assembly
      • Interior Lights
        • 63 31 000 Removing and installing/replacing complete ceiling light
        • 63 31 015 Removing and installing/replacing interior light (C-pillar) on left or right
        • 63 31 025 Removing and installing or replacing door warning light
        • 63 31 050 Removing and installing/replacing mirror light
      • Lights Bulb
        • 63 99 ... Instructions for handling light bulbs (exterior lights)
        • 63 99 ... Instructions for replacing light bulbs (interior lights)
        • 63 99 ... Replacing bulb for refrigerator
        • 63 99 001 Replacing halogen light bulb for left or right high-beam headlight
        • 63 99 071 Replacing halogen light bulb for left or right high-beam headlight
        • 63 99 076 Replacing lamp for left xenon light.
        • 63 99 077 Replacing right lamp for Xenon light
        • 63 99 131 Replacing bulb for left or right front parking light
          • Notes
          • US only:
          • Others:
        • 63 99 201 Replacing halogen bulb for left or right front fog lamp
        • 63 99 271 Replacing bulb for left or right front turn signal
        • 63 99 315 Replacing bulb for left or right tail light assembly
        • 63 99 401 Replacing bulb for left or right licenseplate light
        • 63 99 431 Replacing light bulb(s) for ceiling light
          • Notes
          • Version with inside reading lamps:
          • Version without inside reading lamps:
          • All:
        • 63 99 445 Replacing bulb(s) for mirror light
        • 63 99 485 Replacing bulb for outside door handle light, front left or right
        • 63 99 487 Replacing bulb for inside door handle light, front left or right
        • 63 99 490 Replacing bulb for outside door handle light, rear left or right
        • 63 99 493 Replacing bulb for inside door handle light, rear left or right
    • Lights - Special Tools - E38
      • Lights
        • 63 0 410 Adapter for LCM and GSM
      • 63 1 000 Test adapter
      • 63 1 010 Test adapter
    • LIGHTS - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lamp Settings
        • 63 10 Adjustment of lights All with headlight vertical aim control
      • Headlights
        • 63 12 Headlights E38
      • Turn Signals Indicator
        • 63 13 Turn Signals E38
      • Fog lights, Auxiliary
        • 63 17 Front Fog Lamps, Additional Lamps E38
      • Rear light cluster
        • 63 21 Rear light cluster E38
      • Brake Lights
        • 63 25 Auxiliary Brake Light E38
      • License Plate Lights
        • 63 26 License Plate Lights E38
      • Interior Lights
        • 63 31 Interior Lights E38
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Transceiver Handset
        • 84 11 510 Removing and installing / replacing eject box
          • Notes
          • Car phone, fixed mounting:
          • Mobile phone:
        • 84 11 520 Removing and installing/replacing transceiver
        • 84 11 530 Removing and installing/replacing interface for D-Network car phone
        • 84 11 600 Replacing cordless keypad handset
        • 84 21 520 Removing and installing/replacing line compensator (cellular phone)
        • 84 21 530 Removing and installing/replacing handsfree charging electronics
      • Hand Held Computer
        • 84 21 520 Removing and installing/replacing line compensator (cellular phone)
        • 84 21 530 Removing and installing/replacing handsfree charging electronics
    • Communication Systems - Special Tools - E38
      • Communication System
        • 84 1 000 Test cable for telephone BEMI TEST
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
    • Entertainment & Communication - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Entertainment and Communication
        • Notes
        • Multi-Information Display
          • Notes
          • MID Self Test
          • MID Comparison
          • On Board Computer (BC)
            • Notes
            • BC Operation
              • Notes
              • Entering Time/Date
              • Reset Time
              • Reset Date
              • Programming Functions
              • Resetting Non-Programming Functions
          • Code Functions
        • Audio Systems
          • Notes
          • Radio/Tape Or CD Player
          • Multi-Information Display
          • Amplifier
          • CD Changer
          • MFL Controls
          • Digital Sound Processing
            • Notes
            • Anti-Theft Feature
            • Antenna Diversity
          • Radio Test Functions
        • Telephone Systems
    • Instrument Cluster Electronics (IKE) - Overview - E38 & E39
      • Instrument Cluster Electronics (IKE)
        • Notes
        • Purpose of the System
        • Components
          • Notes
          • Indicator Lamps
          • LC Displays
            • Notes
            • Service Interval Indicator (SIA)
            • Total Mileage/Trip Mileage
            • Automatic Transmission Selector Position/Driving Program
          • Analog Instruments
            • Notes
            • E38 IKE I-P-O Chart (As Introduced To 9/97)
            • E38 IKE I-P-O Chart (From To 9/97)
        • Principle of Operation
          • Notes
          • Dynamic Digital Inputs
            • Distance Signal (Road Speed)
            • Engine Speed Signal
            • Injection Signal
            • Transmission Interface
            • Dimmer Signal
          • Analog Input Signals
            • Notes
            • Battery Voltage
            • Fuel Tank Level
            • Photo Transistor
            • Coolant Temperature
            • Outside Temperature Sensor
          • Digital Input Signals
            • Notes
            • Steering Column Switch
            • Brake Pad Wear Sensors
            • Oil Pressure Switch
            • Parking Brake Switch
            • Trip Odometer Reset
            • Power Supply
          • Output Signals
          • Redundant Data Storage
          • BC Test Functions (IKE E38, E39, E53)
            • Notes
            • Test No. 01
            • Test No. 02
            • Test No. 03
            • Test No. 04
            • Test No. 05
            • Test No. 06
            • Test No. 07
            • Test No. 08
            • Test No. 09
            • Test No. 10
            • Test No. 11
            • Test No. 12
            • Test No. 13
            • Test No. 14
            • Test No. 15
            • Test No. 19
            • Test No. 20
            • Test No. 21
        • Check Control
          • Notes
          • Check Control Priority Groups
            • Notes
            • Priority Group P1
            • Priority Group P2
            • Priority Group P3
            • Special Warnings
          • CC Display Procedures
            • Special Displays
            • P1 Group
            • P2 and P3 Groups
            • Reminder Symbol "> <"
            • CC Button
            • Steering Column Switch (LSS)
            • Gong
            • Check Control Priority Chart
    • Instrument Panels
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Instrument Cluster & Gauges
        • Service Interval Indicator
        • Active Check Control
      • Testing
        • Notes
        • Entering On-Board Test Mode
          • Notes
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 01: Roll Mode With System Test
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 02: Engine Data
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 03: Elapsed & Evaluated Service Interval Mileage (In Kilometers)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 04: Elapsed Time Since Last Service
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 05: Service Indicator Assessment Factors
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 06: Fuel Tank Quantity & Coolant Temperature
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 07: Engine Speed
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 08: Road Speed
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 09: Mileage Status (In Kilometers)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 10: Status Bit (Input Modes)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 11: Status Bit (Output Modes)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 12: Free
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 13: National Code
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 14: Software Reset
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 15: Lock Off/Lock On
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
      • Pin Voltage Tests
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Center Console Mounted Gauges
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe & M Roadster)
        • Clock
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
        • Fog Light Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Headlight Switch
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (X5)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
        • Instrument Cluster
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series & X5)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series)
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • INSTRUMENTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Instrument Cluster
        • 62 11 200 Replacing instrument cluster display system
        • 62 11 210 Replacing instrument cluster electronics
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Instrument Carrier
        • 62 21 000 Removing and installing complete instrument carrier
    • Instruments - Special Tools - E38
      • Instruments
        • 62 1 210 Adapter cable ZAE/BAE (30-pin)
      • 62 1 230 Set of test leads
      • 62 1 260 Airbag test cable
      • 62 1 270 Firing device
      • 62 1 310 Adapter cable ZAE/MRS 2 (50-pin)
      • 62 1 330 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS 3(50-pin)
    • On Board Monitor And Navigation Systems - Overview - E38, Ee39, E46, E52, E65 & E85
      • On Board Monitor and Navigation Systems
        • Notes
        • Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • DVD Navigation
        • Components
          • Notes
          • On Board Monitor/Display
            • Notes
            • E46 On Board Monitor Display (MK-II)
            • On Board Monitor Assembly
          • Navigation Computer
            • Notes
            • Mark I Navigation Computer
            • Mark II Navigation Computer
            • Mark III Navigation Computer
          • Video Module (Mk-I Only)
          • Magnetic Field Sensor (Mk-I Only)
            • Notes
            • Sensor Operation
          • GPS Antenna
          • GPS Antenna Locations
          • GPS Receiver Module
          • Gyro Sensor (Mk-II And III)
            • Notes
            • Gyro Sensor Operation
          • Navigation System Interfaces
            • GPS Input Signal
            • Wheel Speed Sensor Input
            • Reverse Gear Signal
            • Rear Window "Defroster ON" Signal (Mark I Only)
            • ARCNET (Mark I Only)
          • RGB
          • Bus Network
          • Mark I Navigation Bus Network Overview
          • Mark II Navigation Bus Network Overview
          • Mark II (E46) Navigation Bus Network Overview
        • Navigation System Operation
          • Notes
          • Graphical Map Scale
          • Graphical Map Positioning
          • GPS Indication
          • Navigation System Information Screen
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Position
        • Workshop Hints
          • Mark I Navigation System Calibration
          • Vehicle Owner Calibration
            • Notes
            • 1. Resetting Vehicle Position
            • 2. Adjusting Tire Size
            • Tire Circumference Measurement
          • Precision Adjustment
          • Dealership Calibration
            • Notes
            • Tools Needed For Dealership Calibration
          • Calibration Procedures
          • 1. Setting Of Car Parameters
          • Aftermarket Wheels Or Suspension Modifications
          • 2. Sensor Test
          • 3. Wheel Sensor
          • 4. Compass (Magnetic Field Sensor Calibration)
            • Notes
            • Compass Step 1
            • Preferred Method- CIRCLE
            • Alternate Method - BLOCK
            • Compass Step 2
            • Preferred Method - Digitized Address
            • Last Method - Angle
            • Compass Step 3 - Rear Window Defroster Compensation
            • Finish Calibration
          • Mark I Diagnosis And Troubleshooting
          • Navigation Computer Flash Codes
          • Mark II Navigation System Diagnostic Mode Displays
          • Mark II Navigation System Calibration
          • E46 Mark II Board Monitor And Navigation Service Mode Displays
          • Replacing The Mk-3 Navigation Computer
          • Service Mode
          • Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Menu Chart (Sensor Check)
            • Service Mode Diagnostic Explanations
          • Navigation System Software
          • Checking Software Version
            • Mk-I Systems
            • Mk-II Systems
            • MK III Systems
            • DVD Navigation System For I-Bus Vehicles
        • On Board Monitor System
          • Notes
          • On Board Monitor And Controls And Indicators
            • Audio System
          • On Board Monitor Functions
            • Notes
            • On Board Computer
            • GPS Navigation
            • Telephone
            • Code Function
            • Set Screen
            • Digital Sound Processor (DSP)
            • Auxiliary Ventilation
            • Emergency
            • Monitor OFF
          • Mark II On Board Functions
            • Notes
            • Automatic Date/Time Display
          • Navigation Computer Removal
  • Headlights
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Lighting Systems - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Lighting Systems
        • Notes
        • Light Check Module (LCM)
          • Notes
          • Lamp Control And Monitoring
          • Bulb Ratings
          • LCM Input Signals
          • Brake Light Switch
          • Dimmer
          • Light Switch Illumination
          • Emergency Operation
          • LCM III
            • Notes
            • Replacement Lighting
            • Output Voltage Limiting Function
            • Follow Me Home Lighting
        • Xenon Headlight Systems
          • Notes
          • LWR
          • Version Identification
            • Notes
            • Headlight Replacement Parts
          • Xenon High Intensity Discharge Bulbs
          • Phases Of Bulb Operation
            • Notes
            • Functional Description
          • Xenon Bulb Monitoring
            • Notes
            • Xenon Headlight Assembly Components
        • Headlight Beam Throw Control (LWR)
          • Overview
          • LWR Components
            • LWR Control Module - E38, E39 And E53 Vehicles
            • Level Sensors
            • Headlight Adjustment Stepper Motors
          • Functional Description
            • Notes
            • Headlight Alignment
          • LWR Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • LWR IPO
    • LIGHTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lamp Setting
        • 63 10 Adjusting headlight for RHD/LHD vehicles
          • Notes
          • From 09/98:
        • 63 10 ... Test requirements for headlight vertical aim adjustment
          • Notes
          • Light/dark limit of headlights in headlight aimer
        • 63 10 004 Aiming headlights
        • 63 10 014 Adjusting foglights
      • Headlights
        • 63 12 001 Removing and installing/replacing complete left-hand headlight assembly
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 63 12 002 Removing and installing or replacing complete right headlight
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 63 12 034 Removing and installing or replacing lens/reflector for left headlight
        • 63 12 035 Removing and installing or replacing lens/reflector for right headlight
        • 63 12 040 Removing and installing or replacing lens with cover frame for left headlight
        • 63 12 041 Removing and installing or replacing lens with cover frame for right headlight
        • 63 12 401 Replacing left headlight insert
        • 63 12 402 Replacing right headlight insert
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 870 Replacing ignition unit for left xenon headlight
        • 63 12 871 Replacing right ignition unit for right xenon headlight
      • Turn Signal Indicator
        • 63 13 150 Removing and installing/replacing complete front left or right turn signal lamp
      • Fog Light Auxiliary
        • 63 17 000 Removing and installing or replacing fog lamp insert (complete)
      • Rear Light Cluster
        • 63 21 180 Removing and installing or replacing complete tail light assembly
      • Interior Lights
        • 63 31 000 Removing and installing/replacing complete ceiling light
        • 63 31 015 Removing and installing/replacing interior light (C-pillar) on left or right
        • 63 31 025 Removing and installing or replacing door warning light
        • 63 31 050 Removing and installing/replacing mirror light
      • Lights Bulb
        • 63 99 ... Instructions for handling light bulbs (exterior lights)
        • 63 99 ... Instructions for replacing light bulbs (interior lights)
        • 63 99 ... Replacing bulb for refrigerator
        • 63 99 001 Replacing halogen light bulb for left or right high-beam headlight
        • 63 99 071 Replacing halogen light bulb for left or right high-beam headlight
        • 63 99 076 Replacing lamp for left xenon light.
        • 63 99 077 Replacing right lamp for Xenon light
        • 63 99 131 Replacing bulb for left or right front parking light
          • Notes
          • US only:
          • Others:
        • 63 99 201 Replacing halogen bulb for left or right front fog lamp
        • 63 99 271 Replacing bulb for left or right front turn signal
        • 63 99 315 Replacing bulb for left or right tail light assembly
        • 63 99 401 Replacing bulb for left or right licenseplate light
        • 63 99 431 Replacing light bulb(s) for ceiling light
          • Notes
          • Version with inside reading lamps:
          • Version without inside reading lamps:
          • All:
        • 63 99 445 Replacing bulb(s) for mirror light
        • 63 99 485 Replacing bulb for outside door handle light, front left or right
        • 63 99 487 Replacing bulb for inside door handle light, front left or right
        • 63 99 490 Replacing bulb for outside door handle light, rear left or right
        • 63 99 493 Replacing bulb for inside door handle light, rear left or right
    • Lights - Special Tools - E38
      • Lights
        • 63 0 410 Adapter for LCM and GSM
      • 63 1 000 Test adapter
      • 63 1 010 Test adapter
    • LIGHTS - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lamp Settings
        • 63 10 Adjustment of lights All with headlight vertical aim control
      • Headlights
        • 63 12 Headlights E38
      • Turn Signals Indicator
        • 63 13 Turn Signals E38
      • Fog lights, Auxiliary
        • 63 17 Front Fog Lamps, Additional Lamps E38
      • Rear light cluster
        • 63 21 Rear light cluster E38
      • Brake Lights
        • 63 25 Auxiliary Brake Light E38
      • License Plate Lights
        • 63 26 License Plate Lights E38
      • Interior Lights
        • 63 31 Interior Lights E38
  • Horns
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
  • Infotainment
    • AUDIO, NAVIGATION, ANTI-THEFT AND RESTRAINTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Mono Radio
        • 65 11 030 Removing and installing / replacing radio receiver
        • 65 11 055 Removing and installing/replacing radio receiver (with board monitor)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 11 070 Removing and installing/replacing CD changer
      • Stereo Radio Amplifier
        • 65 12 000 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers
        • 65 12 020 Removing and installing or replacing rear loudspeakers (rear shelf)
        • 65 12 040 Removing and installing / replacing operating unit for Top hifi system
        • 65 12 070 Removing and installing/replacing amplifier (HiFi system)
      • Speaker And Cover
        • 65 13 050 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (high-range)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 13 070 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (mid-range)
        • 65 13 071 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (rear shelf)
      • Aerial - Antenna
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
      • Rear Window Arial - Antenna
        • 65 24 010 Removing and installing or replacing antenna amplifier
        • 65 24 020 Removing and installing or replacing wavetrap
      • Videos and TV Set
        • 65 50 510 Removing and installing/replacing video module for on-board monitor (saloon)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Video Monitor
        • 65 52 013 Removing and installing complete on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 023 Replacing panel for on-board monitor (control panel, widescreen)
        • 65 52 043 Removing and installing/replacing housing with drive for on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 510 Removing and installing on-board monitor
        • 65 52 520 Replacing trim panel for on-board monitor (control panel)
        • 65 52 530 Removing and installing/replacing LC display for on-board monitor
      • Anti theft Alarm System
        • 65 75 570 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for radio interior protection
      • Air Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 016 Removing and installing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 518 Replacing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 550 Removing and installing/replacing collision sensor for left or right side airbag
      • On Board Computer
        • 65 81 010 Removing and installing or replacing Multi-Information-Display (MID)
      • Navigation System
        • 65 90 ... Notes on handling navigation computers
          • All model series:
        • 65 90 001 Calibrating wheels for navigation system 1 (up to 9/97, measured with distance travelled)
        • 65 90 510 Removing and installing/replacing navigation computer with CD-drive
        • 65 90 520 Removing and installing/replacing receiver module for Global Positioning System (GPS)
        • 65 90 530 Removing and installing magnetic field sensor
        • 65 90 540 Removing and installing/replacing antenna for Global Positioning System (GPS)
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Special Tools - E38
      • Audio, Navigation And Anti-Theft
        • 65 1 010 Test lead
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 65 2 000 Spanner
      • 65 2 100 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 65 2 400 Angle connector (5)
      • 65 5 010 Test kit
      • 65 5 400 Release bracket
      • 65 7 100 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS
      • 65 7 110 Adapter lead
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Tightening Torques
      • Airbag Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 Airbag triggering control
    • BMW Universal BLUETOOTH - Overview
      • BMW Universal Bluetooth™
        • Introduction
        • What is Bluetooth™
          • Notes
          • Communication/Security
          • Data and Voice
          • Bluetooth™ Enabled Phones
        • Advantages of the ULF System
          • Notes
          • System Overview
          • ULF Control Module
          • Oddment Tray
          • Pairing Button
          • Bluetooth™ Antenna
        • System Operation
          • Initial Operation
          • Pairing Procedure
            • Notes
            • In Vehicle:
            • System Functions
          • Indicator Lamps
          • Adopting Telephone Book
          • Placing a Call
          • Receiving/Accepting a Call
          • Conducting a Call
          • Ending a Call
          • Transfer Active Call From Phone to ULF
          • Transfer Active Call from ULF to Phone
          • Linking Several Bluetooth™ Mobile Phones
          • Deleting Devices
        • Technical Information
        • System Overview
          • Notes
          • Voice Recognition
          • Coding ULF Control Module to Vehicle
          • Function Test
        • Troubleshooting
        • Connector Pin Assignments
    • Entertainment & Communication - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Entertainment and Communication
        • Notes
        • Multi-Information Display
          • Notes
          • MID Self Test
          • MID Comparison
          • On Board Computer (BC)
            • Notes
            • BC Operation
              • Notes
              • Entering Time/Date
              • Reset Time
              • Reset Date
              • Programming Functions
              • Resetting Non-Programming Functions
          • Code Functions
        • Audio Systems
          • Notes
          • Radio/Tape Or CD Player
          • Multi-Information Display
          • Amplifier
          • CD Changer
          • MFL Controls
          • Digital Sound Processing
            • Notes
            • Anti-Theft Feature
            • Antenna Diversity
          • Radio Test Functions
        • Telephone Systems
    • On Board Monitor And Navigation Systems - Overview - E38, Ee39, E46, E52, E65 & E85
      • On Board Monitor and Navigation Systems
        • Notes
        • Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • DVD Navigation
        • Components
          • Notes
          • On Board Monitor/Display
            • Notes
            • E46 On Board Monitor Display (MK-II)
            • On Board Monitor Assembly
          • Navigation Computer
            • Notes
            • Mark I Navigation Computer
            • Mark II Navigation Computer
            • Mark III Navigation Computer
          • Video Module (Mk-I Only)
          • Magnetic Field Sensor (Mk-I Only)
            • Notes
            • Sensor Operation
          • GPS Antenna
          • GPS Antenna Locations
          • GPS Receiver Module
          • Gyro Sensor (Mk-II And III)
            • Notes
            • Gyro Sensor Operation
          • Navigation System Interfaces
            • GPS Input Signal
            • Wheel Speed Sensor Input
            • Reverse Gear Signal
            • Rear Window "Defroster ON" Signal (Mark I Only)
            • ARCNET (Mark I Only)
          • RGB
          • Bus Network
          • Mark I Navigation Bus Network Overview
          • Mark II Navigation Bus Network Overview
          • Mark II (E46) Navigation Bus Network Overview
        • Navigation System Operation
          • Notes
          • Graphical Map Scale
          • Graphical Map Positioning
          • GPS Indication
          • Navigation System Information Screen
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Position
        • Workshop Hints
          • Mark I Navigation System Calibration
          • Vehicle Owner Calibration
            • Notes
            • 1. Resetting Vehicle Position
            • 2. Adjusting Tire Size
            • Tire Circumference Measurement
          • Precision Adjustment
          • Dealership Calibration
            • Notes
            • Tools Needed For Dealership Calibration
          • Calibration Procedures
          • 1. Setting Of Car Parameters
          • Aftermarket Wheels Or Suspension Modifications
          • 2. Sensor Test
          • 3. Wheel Sensor
          • 4. Compass (Magnetic Field Sensor Calibration)
            • Notes
            • Compass Step 1
            • Preferred Method- CIRCLE
            • Alternate Method - BLOCK
            • Compass Step 2
            • Preferred Method - Digitized Address
            • Last Method - Angle
            • Compass Step 3 - Rear Window Defroster Compensation
            • Finish Calibration
          • Mark I Diagnosis And Troubleshooting
          • Navigation Computer Flash Codes
          • Mark II Navigation System Diagnostic Mode Displays
          • Mark II Navigation System Calibration
          • E46 Mark II Board Monitor And Navigation Service Mode Displays
          • Replacing The Mk-3 Navigation Computer
          • Service Mode
          • Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Menu Chart (Sensor Check)
            • Service Mode Diagnostic Explanations
          • Navigation System Software
          • Checking Software Version
            • Mk-I Systems
            • Mk-II Systems
            • MK III Systems
            • DVD Navigation System For I-Bus Vehicles
        • On Board Monitor System
          • Notes
          • On Board Monitor And Controls And Indicators
            • Audio System
          • On Board Monitor Functions
            • Notes
            • On Board Computer
            • GPS Navigation
            • Telephone
            • Code Function
            • Set Screen
            • Digital Sound Processor (DSP)
            • Auxiliary Ventilation
            • Emergency
            • Monitor OFF
          • Mark II On Board Functions
            • Notes
            • Automatic Date/Time Display
          • Navigation Computer Removal
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • Center Console
      • Center Console
        • Removal & Installation
      • Shift Lever Trim
        • Removal & Installation
    • Operating Fluids - Body Equipment
      • 1.0 Adhesives/Sealants for Glass
      • 2.0 Other Fluids
      • 3.0 Contact Cement
      • 4.0 Instant adhesive for rubber, metal and plastic surfaces.
      • 5.0 Loctite 380
      • 6.0 Glass Adhesive
      • 7.0 Premium Leather Care Kit
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Lighting Systems
        • Notes
        • Light Check Module (LCM)
          • Notes
          • Lamp Control And Monitoring
          • Bulb Ratings
          • LCM Input Signals
          • Brake Light Switch
          • Dimmer
          • Light Switch Illumination
          • Emergency Operation
          • LCM III
            • Notes
            • Replacement Lighting
            • Output Voltage Limiting Function
            • Follow Me Home Lighting
        • Xenon Headlight Systems
          • Notes
          • LWR
          • Version Identification
            • Notes
            • Headlight Replacement Parts
          • Xenon High Intensity Discharge Bulbs
          • Phases Of Bulb Operation
            • Notes
            • Functional Description
          • Xenon Bulb Monitoring
            • Notes
            • Xenon Headlight Assembly Components
        • Headlight Beam Throw Control (LWR)
          • Overview
          • LWR Components
            • LWR Control Module - E38, E39 And E53 Vehicles
            • Level Sensors
            • Headlight Adjustment Stepper Motors
          • Functional Description
            • Notes
            • Headlight Alignment
          • LWR Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • LWR IPO
    • LIGHTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lamp Setting
        • 63 10 Adjusting headlight for RHD/LHD vehicles
          • Notes
          • From 09/98:
        • 63 10 ... Test requirements for headlight vertical aim adjustment
          • Notes
          • Light/dark limit of headlights in headlight aimer
        • 63 10 004 Aiming headlights
        • 63 10 014 Adjusting foglights
      • Headlights
        • 63 12 001 Removing and installing/replacing complete left-hand headlight assembly
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 63 12 002 Removing and installing or replacing complete right headlight
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 63 12 034 Removing and installing or replacing lens/reflector for left headlight
        • 63 12 035 Removing and installing or replacing lens/reflector for right headlight
        • 63 12 040 Removing and installing or replacing lens with cover frame for left headlight
        • 63 12 041 Removing and installing or replacing lens with cover frame for right headlight
        • 63 12 401 Replacing left headlight insert
        • 63 12 402 Replacing right headlight insert
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 870 Replacing ignition unit for left xenon headlight
        • 63 12 871 Replacing right ignition unit for right xenon headlight
      • Turn Signal Indicator
        • 63 13 150 Removing and installing/replacing complete front left or right turn signal lamp
      • Fog Light Auxiliary
        • 63 17 000 Removing and installing or replacing fog lamp insert (complete)
      • Rear Light Cluster
        • 63 21 180 Removing and installing or replacing complete tail light assembly
      • Interior Lights
        • 63 31 000 Removing and installing/replacing complete ceiling light
        • 63 31 015 Removing and installing/replacing interior light (C-pillar) on left or right
        • 63 31 025 Removing and installing or replacing door warning light
        • 63 31 050 Removing and installing/replacing mirror light
      • Lights Bulb
        • 63 99 ... Instructions for handling light bulbs (exterior lights)
        • 63 99 ... Instructions for replacing light bulbs (interior lights)
        • 63 99 ... Replacing bulb for refrigerator
        • 63 99 001 Replacing halogen light bulb for left or right high-beam headlight
        • 63 99 071 Replacing halogen light bulb for left or right high-beam headlight
        • 63 99 076 Replacing lamp for left xenon light.
        • 63 99 077 Replacing right lamp for Xenon light
        • 63 99 131 Replacing bulb for left or right front parking light
          • Notes
          • US only:
          • Others:
        • 63 99 201 Replacing halogen bulb for left or right front fog lamp
        • 63 99 271 Replacing bulb for left or right front turn signal
        • 63 99 315 Replacing bulb for left or right tail light assembly
        • 63 99 401 Replacing bulb for left or right licenseplate light
        • 63 99 431 Replacing light bulb(s) for ceiling light
          • Notes
          • Version with inside reading lamps:
          • Version without inside reading lamps:
          • All:
        • 63 99 445 Replacing bulb(s) for mirror light
        • 63 99 485 Replacing bulb for outside door handle light, front left or right
        • 63 99 487 Replacing bulb for inside door handle light, front left or right
        • 63 99 490 Replacing bulb for outside door handle light, rear left or right
        • 63 99 493 Replacing bulb for inside door handle light, rear left or right
    • Lights - Special Tools - E38
      • Lights
        • 63 0 410 Adapter for LCM and GSM
      • 63 1 000 Test adapter
      • 63 1 010 Test adapter
    • LIGHTS - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lamp Settings
        • 63 10 Adjustment of lights All with headlight vertical aim control
      • Headlights
        • 63 12 Headlights E38
      • Turn Signals Indicator
        • 63 13 Turn Signals E38
      • Fog lights, Auxiliary
        • 63 17 Front Fog Lamps, Additional Lamps E38
      • Rear light cluster
        • 63 21 Rear light cluster E38
      • Brake Lights
        • 63 25 Auxiliary Brake Light E38
      • License Plate Lights
        • 63 26 License Plate Lights E38
      • Interior Lights
        • 63 31 Interior Lights E38
  • Memory Modules
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
  • Mirrors
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
  • Seats
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Operating Fluids - Seats
      • 1.0 Seat Leather Care
      • 2.0 Premium Leather Care Kit
    • Power Seats
      • Description & Operation
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Seat Assembly
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster, M3, Z3 & 3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (X5, 5-Series & 7-Series)
        • Motor
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • SEATS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Seat Normal Manual
        • 52 13 000 Removing and installing left or right front seat (normal / manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Installation sequence:
          • Tightening sequence:
        • 52 13 010 Removing and installing / replacing both seat rails on left or right front seat (normal / manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 013 Adjusting Bowden cable for longitudinal adjustment of left or right front seat (normal / manual)
        • 52 13 014 Replacing Bowden cable for longitudinal adjustment on left or right front seat (normal/manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 015 Removing and installing / replacing controls on left / right front seat (normal / manual)
          • Notes
          • Check back-rest clearance:
          • Remove actuating unit:
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 020 Removing and installing / replacing seat frame on left/right front seat (normal/ manual)
          • Notes
          • Only replace:
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 030 Removing and installing / replacing backrest frame on left or right front seat (normal / manual).
        • 52 13 040 Removing and installing / replacing outer cover on left or right front seat back-rest (normal / manual)
        • 52 13 041 Removing and installing / replacing inner cover on left or right front seat backrest (normal/ manual)
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 13 050 Replacing left or right lumbar supports on front seat (normal/ manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 198 Removing and installing / replacing rear panel on left or right front seat backrest (normal/ manual)
        • 52 13 390 Removing and installing / replacing front headrest (normal/ manual)
        • 52 13 400 Replacing seat cover on left or right front seat (normal/ manual)
          • Removal of complete seat cushion:
          • Installation:
          • Replacement of support:
          • Only passenger seat (replacement of sensor mat):
          • Replacement of seat cover:
        • 52 13 405 Replacing backrest cover for front seat (normal/manual), left or right
          • Removing complete backrest:
          • Installation:
          • Removing backrest cover with support:
          • Removing backrest cover from support (replacing support):
          • Replacing backrest cover:
        • 52 13 415 Replacing left or right support for front seat (normal / manual)
          • This operation is described in section on:
        • 52 13 420 Replacing left or right support for front seat back-rest (normal / manual)
          • This operation is described in section on:
        • 52 13 560 Removing and installing/replacing valve housing for from left or right lumbar support (normal/ manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Front Seat Normal Electric
        • 52 14 000 Removing and installing left or right front seat (normal / electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Tightening sequence:
        • 52 14 380 Removing and installing/replacing head restraint support on front seat (normal/electric), left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 14 390 Removing and installing or replacing front left or right head restraints (standard/electric)
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 14 899 Additional work (normal/ electric) with defective drive for longitudinal adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Disassembly of faulty gear for longitudinal seat adjustment:
      • Front seat Sport Electrical
        • 52 16 000 Removing and installing front seat (sports/electric), left or right
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 16 390 Removing and installing or replacing front left or right head restraints (sport/electric)
          • Operation is identical to:
      • Front Seat Comfort
        • 52 17 000 Removing and installing front seat (comfort)
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 17 010 Removing and installing or replacing both seat rails on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 020 Removing and installing / replacing seat frame on left or right front seat (comfort)
        • 52 17 025 Removing and installing/replacing drive for active seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 030 Removing and installing / replacing backrest frame on left or right front seat (comfort)
        • 52 17 040 Removing and installing / replacing cover on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 041 Removing and installing / replacing inside cover from left or right front seat (comfort)
        • 52 17 050 Replacing lumbar support cushion on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 200 Removing and installing/replacing top rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 200 Removing and installing/replacing top rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat with rear-compartment-oriented equipment)
          • Notes
          • Removing top rear panel on front seat backrest:
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 202 Removing and installing/replacing bottom rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 202 Removing and installing/replacing rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat with rear-compartment-oriented equipment)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 380 Removing and installing / replacing headrest support on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 390 Removing and installing or replacing front left or right head restraints (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 400 Replacing seat cover on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Removal of complete seat cushion:
          • Replacement of support:
          • Installation:
          • Replacement of sensor mat (only passenger seat):
          • Replacement of seat cover:
        • 52 17 405 Replacing back-rest cover for front seat (comfort) on left or right sides
          • Removal of complete back-rest:
          • Installation:
          • Remove backrest cover with support:
          • Replacement of support:
          • Replace backrest cover:
        • 52 17 415 Replacing padding for left or right front seat (comfort seat)
        • 52 17 420 Replacing support for left or right front seat backrest (comfort)
      • Rear Sent (Normal)
        • 52 24 005 Removing and installing / replacing rear seat (normal)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 24 015 Removing and installing / replacing backrest for rear seat (normal)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 24 390 Removing and installing / replacing rear left or right headrest (normal)
        • 52 24 400 Replacing seat cover for rear seat (normal)
          • Operation is identical to:
      • Rear sent normal electrical
        • 52 25 005 Removing and installing / replacing rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 008 Removing and installing / replacing left or right side section of rear seat backrest (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 015 Removing and installing / replacing backrest for rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 380 Removing and installing / replacing headrest support (normal / electric) at rear left or right
        • 52 25 390 Removing and installing / replacing rear left or right headrest (normal/ electric)
        • 52 25 410 Replacing back-rest cover for left or right rear seat (normal/electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 540 Removing and installing / replacing backrest frame from left or right rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 545 Removing and installing / replacing transmission for rear seat backrest (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 550 Replacing lumbar support cushion on left or right rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 560 Removing and installing / replacing valve housing on lumbar support for rear seat backrest (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Rear seat through-loading system
        • 52 26 400 Replacing seat cover for rear seat (through-loading system)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • Seats - Special Tools - E38
      • Seats
        • 52 0 050 Pliers
      • 52 1 000 Pin wrench for arm rest
    • SEATS - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Seats
        • 52 10 Front seats
      • Rear Seat (Normal), Manual
        • 52 24 Rear Seat (normal), manual
      • Rear Seats (Normal), Electric
        • 52 26 Rear Seats (through-loading system)
        • 52 25 Rear seat (normal), electric
      • Rear Seats (through-loading system)
        • 52 26 Rear Seats (through-loading system)
  • Steering Column Switches
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Steering Column Switches
      • Description & Operation
      • Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Combination Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
        • Cruise Control Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series, 5-Series & 7-Series)
        • Steering Column Adjustment Switch
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series)
        • Wiper Switch
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Power Windows
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Component Tests
        • Power Window Motor
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Panel
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
        • Power Window Motor
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster, Z3 & 3-Series)
          • Removal (5-Series & 7-Series)
          • Installation
        • Power Window Switch
          • Removal & Installation (Except 5-Series & 7-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Wiper/Washer Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Rain Sensing Wipers
      • Adjustments
        • Wiper Arms
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
          • X5
          • 3-Series
          • 5-Series & 7-Series
      • Testing
        • Wiper/Washer System
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Rain Sensing Wiper Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Wiper Assembly
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (X5)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series)
        • Rear Wiper Motor
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe)
          • Removal & Installation (X5)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series Wagon)
        • Wiper Switch
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • AUDIO, NAVIGATION, ANTI-THEFT AND RESTRAINTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Mono Radio
        • 65 11 030 Removing and installing / replacing radio receiver
        • 65 11 055 Removing and installing/replacing radio receiver (with board monitor)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 11 070 Removing and installing/replacing CD changer
      • Stereo Radio Amplifier
        • 65 12 000 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers
        • 65 12 020 Removing and installing or replacing rear loudspeakers (rear shelf)
        • 65 12 040 Removing and installing / replacing operating unit for Top hifi system
        • 65 12 070 Removing and installing/replacing amplifier (HiFi system)
      • Speaker And Cover
        • 65 13 050 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (high-range)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 13 070 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (mid-range)
        • 65 13 071 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (rear shelf)
      • Aerial - Antenna
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
      • Rear Window Arial - Antenna
        • 65 24 010 Removing and installing or replacing antenna amplifier
        • 65 24 020 Removing and installing or replacing wavetrap
      • Videos and TV Set
        • 65 50 510 Removing and installing/replacing video module for on-board monitor (saloon)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Video Monitor
        • 65 52 013 Removing and installing complete on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 023 Replacing panel for on-board monitor (control panel, widescreen)
        • 65 52 043 Removing and installing/replacing housing with drive for on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 510 Removing and installing on-board monitor
        • 65 52 520 Replacing trim panel for on-board monitor (control panel)
        • 65 52 530 Removing and installing/replacing LC display for on-board monitor
      • Anti theft Alarm System
        • 65 75 570 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for radio interior protection
      • Air Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 016 Removing and installing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 518 Replacing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 550 Removing and installing/replacing collision sensor for left or right side airbag
      • On Board Computer
        • 65 81 010 Removing and installing or replacing Multi-Information-Display (MID)
      • Navigation System
        • 65 90 ... Notes on handling navigation computers
          • All model series:
        • 65 90 001 Calibrating wheels for navigation system 1 (up to 9/97, measured with distance travelled)
        • 65 90 510 Removing and installing/replacing navigation computer with CD-drive
        • 65 90 520 Removing and installing/replacing receiver module for Global Positioning System (GPS)
        • 65 90 530 Removing and installing magnetic field sensor
        • 65 90 540 Removing and installing/replacing antenna for Global Positioning System (GPS)
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Special Tools - E38
      • Audio, Navigation And Anti-Theft
        • 65 1 010 Test lead
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 65 2 000 Spanner
      • 65 2 100 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 65 2 400 Angle connector (5)
      • 65 5 010 Test kit
      • 65 5 400 Release bracket
      • 65 7 100 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS
      • 65 7 110 Adapter lead
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Tightening Torques
      • Airbag Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 Airbag triggering control
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Remote Keyless Entry - Service Information
      • New Radio Remote Control (RKE)
        • Notes
        • 1. Radio technology
        • 2. Radio remote control, general information
        • 3. System overview
        • 4. Remote control functions
        • 5. Operating reliability
        • 6. New radio transmitter (key)
          • Notes
          • 6.1 Operating Principles Of Input Keys
          • 6.2 Signal Processing
          • 6.3 Power Supply
          • 6.4 Voltage Monitoring
        • 7. System initialization
          • Notes
          • Initialization Procedure:
        • 8. Diagnosis
        • 9. System interconnections
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • Center Console
      • Center Console
        • Removal & Installation
      • Shift Lever Trim
        • Removal & Installation
    • Operating Fluids - Body Equipment
      • 1.0 Adhesives/Sealants for Glass
      • 2.0 Other Fluids
      • 3.0 Contact Cement
      • 4.0 Instant adhesive for rubber, metal and plastic surfaces.
      • 5.0 Loctite 380
      • 6.0 Glass Adhesive
      • 7.0 Premium Leather Care Kit
  • Mirrors
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
  • Seats
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Operating Fluids - Seats
      • 1.0 Seat Leather Care
      • 2.0 Premium Leather Care Kit
    • Power Seats
      • Description & Operation
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Seat Assembly
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster, M3, Z3 & 3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (X5, 5-Series & 7-Series)
        • Motor
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • SEATS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Seat Normal Manual
        • 52 13 000 Removing and installing left or right front seat (normal / manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Installation sequence:
          • Tightening sequence:
        • 52 13 010 Removing and installing / replacing both seat rails on left or right front seat (normal / manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 013 Adjusting Bowden cable for longitudinal adjustment of left or right front seat (normal / manual)
        • 52 13 014 Replacing Bowden cable for longitudinal adjustment on left or right front seat (normal/manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 015 Removing and installing / replacing controls on left / right front seat (normal / manual)
          • Notes
          • Check back-rest clearance:
          • Remove actuating unit:
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 020 Removing and installing / replacing seat frame on left/right front seat (normal/ manual)
          • Notes
          • Only replace:
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 030 Removing and installing / replacing backrest frame on left or right front seat (normal / manual).
        • 52 13 040 Removing and installing / replacing outer cover on left or right front seat back-rest (normal / manual)
        • 52 13 041 Removing and installing / replacing inner cover on left or right front seat backrest (normal/ manual)
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 13 050 Replacing left or right lumbar supports on front seat (normal/ manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 13 198 Removing and installing / replacing rear panel on left or right front seat backrest (normal/ manual)
        • 52 13 390 Removing and installing / replacing front headrest (normal/ manual)
        • 52 13 400 Replacing seat cover on left or right front seat (normal/ manual)
          • Removal of complete seat cushion:
          • Installation:
          • Replacement of support:
          • Only passenger seat (replacement of sensor mat):
          • Replacement of seat cover:
        • 52 13 405 Replacing backrest cover for front seat (normal/manual), left or right
          • Removing complete backrest:
          • Installation:
          • Removing backrest cover with support:
          • Removing backrest cover from support (replacing support):
          • Replacing backrest cover:
        • 52 13 415 Replacing left or right support for front seat (normal / manual)
          • This operation is described in section on:
        • 52 13 420 Replacing left or right support for front seat back-rest (normal / manual)
          • This operation is described in section on:
        • 52 13 560 Removing and installing/replacing valve housing for from left or right lumbar support (normal/ manual)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Front Seat Normal Electric
        • 52 14 000 Removing and installing left or right front seat (normal / electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Tightening sequence:
        • 52 14 380 Removing and installing/replacing head restraint support on front seat (normal/electric), left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 14 390 Removing and installing or replacing front left or right head restraints (standard/electric)
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 14 899 Additional work (normal/ electric) with defective drive for longitudinal adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Disassembly of faulty gear for longitudinal seat adjustment:
      • Front seat Sport Electrical
        • 52 16 000 Removing and installing front seat (sports/electric), left or right
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 16 390 Removing and installing or replacing front left or right head restraints (sport/electric)
          • Operation is identical to:
      • Front Seat Comfort
        • 52 17 000 Removing and installing front seat (comfort)
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 52 17 010 Removing and installing or replacing both seat rails on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 020 Removing and installing / replacing seat frame on left or right front seat (comfort)
        • 52 17 025 Removing and installing/replacing drive for active seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 030 Removing and installing / replacing backrest frame on left or right front seat (comfort)
        • 52 17 040 Removing and installing / replacing cover on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 041 Removing and installing / replacing inside cover from left or right front seat (comfort)
        • 52 17 050 Replacing lumbar support cushion on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 200 Removing and installing/replacing top rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 200 Removing and installing/replacing top rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat with rear-compartment-oriented equipment)
          • Notes
          • Removing top rear panel on front seat backrest:
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 202 Removing and installing/replacing bottom rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 202 Removing and installing/replacing rear panel on front seat backrest (luxury seat with rear-compartment-oriented equipment)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 380 Removing and installing / replacing headrest support on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 390 Removing and installing or replacing front left or right head restraints (comfort)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 17 400 Replacing seat cover on left or right front seat (comfort)
          • Removal of complete seat cushion:
          • Replacement of support:
          • Installation:
          • Replacement of sensor mat (only passenger seat):
          • Replacement of seat cover:
        • 52 17 405 Replacing back-rest cover for front seat (comfort) on left or right sides
          • Removal of complete back-rest:
          • Installation:
          • Remove backrest cover with support:
          • Replacement of support:
          • Replace backrest cover:
        • 52 17 415 Replacing padding for left or right front seat (comfort seat)
        • 52 17 420 Replacing support for left or right front seat backrest (comfort)
      • Rear Sent (Normal)
        • 52 24 005 Removing and installing / replacing rear seat (normal)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 24 015 Removing and installing / replacing backrest for rear seat (normal)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 24 390 Removing and installing / replacing rear left or right headrest (normal)
        • 52 24 400 Replacing seat cover for rear seat (normal)
          • Operation is identical to:
      • Rear sent normal electrical
        • 52 25 005 Removing and installing / replacing rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 008 Removing and installing / replacing left or right side section of rear seat backrest (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 015 Removing and installing / replacing backrest for rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 380 Removing and installing / replacing headrest support (normal / electric) at rear left or right
        • 52 25 390 Removing and installing / replacing rear left or right headrest (normal/ electric)
        • 52 25 410 Replacing back-rest cover for left or right rear seat (normal/electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 540 Removing and installing / replacing backrest frame from left or right rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 545 Removing and installing / replacing transmission for rear seat backrest (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 550 Replacing lumbar support cushion on left or right rear seat (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 52 25 560 Removing and installing / replacing valve housing on lumbar support for rear seat backrest (normal/ electric)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Rear seat through-loading system
        • 52 26 400 Replacing seat cover for rear seat (through-loading system)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • Seats - Special Tools - E38
      • Seats
        • 52 0 050 Pliers
      • 52 1 000 Pin wrench for arm rest
    • SEATS - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Seats
        • 52 10 Front seats
      • Rear Seat (Normal), Manual
        • 52 24 Rear Seat (normal), manual
      • Rear Seats (Normal), Electric
        • 52 26 Rear Seats (through-loading system)
        • 52 25 Rear seat (normal), electric
      • Rear Seats (through-loading system)
        • 52 26 Rear Seats (through-loading system)
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Operating Fluids - Sunroof And Convertible Top
      • 1.0 Convertible Top Material
      • 2.0 Convertible Top Rear (Plastic) Window
        • Rear Window Cleaner
        • Rear Window Polish
        • Contact Cement
      • 3.0 Convertible Top Storage Lid Adhesive
      • 4.0 Convertible Top Sealing Frame Adhesive
      • 5.0 Convertible Top Hydraulic Fluid
      • 6.0 Sunroof
        • Cassette Lubricant
        • Loctite 380
    • SLIDE/TILT ROOF - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Sunroofs
        • 54 0 ... Repair instructions for bonded seals
      • Mechanical Sun Roof Components
        • 54 0 ... Notes on steel and glass slide/tilt sunroofs (initialization/normalization/learning of characteristic curve)
          • Notes
          • Normalization.
          • Learning Characteristics curve:
        • 54 12 ... Removing and installing / replacing bearing for wind deflector, left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 ... Removing and installing / replacing float switch for left or right gutter on glass slide/tilt sunroof
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 ... Replacing stop on headliner for glass sliding/tilting sunroof lid on left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 003 Adjusting glass sliding/tilting sunroof lid
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 004 Adjusting sun roof
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 015 Replacing bellows for glass sliding/tilting sunroof, left or right
        • 54 12 100 Removing and installing sun roof lid
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 115 Removing and installing glass sliding/tilting sunroof lid
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal:
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 116 Replacing glass sliding/tilting sunroof lid
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 54 12 117 Replacing seal for glass sliding/tilting sunroof lid
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 54 12 120 Replacing seal for slide/tilt sunroof lid
        • 54 12 126 Removing and installing / replacing roof lining frame mechanism for glass sliding/tilting sunroof
          • Installation:
          • Removal of "flexible lock" (left side only):
          • Installation of "flexible lock" (left side only):
        • 54 12 129 Replacing arm (positioner) for sunroof lid
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 132 Removing and installing/replacing headliner for sun-roof lid
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 135 Removing and installing or replacing gutter strip
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 136 Removing and installing/replacing rooflining frame for glass sliding/tilting sunroof lid
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 138 Removing and installing / replacing water channel for glass sliding/tilting sunroof
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 210 Removing and installing complete sliding/tilting sunroof (frame)
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 211 Removing and installing complete glass sliding/tilting sunroof
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 54 12 220 Replacing control rail for glass sliding/tilting sunroof, left or right
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 242 Removing and installing both drive cables for glass sliding/tilting sunroof actuation
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 265 Adjusting both drive cables for glass sliding/tilting sunroof actuation
        • 54 12 496 Removing and installing / replacing wind deflector
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 54 12 497 Removing and installing / replacing wind deflector for glass sliding/tilting sunroof
          • Operation is identical to:
        • 54 12 645 Replacing sliding/tilting sunroof frame
          • (Complete sliding/tilting sunroof (frame) removed)
        • 54 12 646 Replacing glass sliding/tilting sunroof Frame
          • (Complete glass sliding/tilting sunroof (frame) removed)
      • Electrical Sun Roof Components
        • 54 0 ... Notes on steel and glass slide/tilt sunroofs (initialization/normalization/learning of characteristic curve)
          • Notes
          • Normalization:
          • Learning characteristic curve:
    • SLIDE/TILT ROOF AND CONVERTIBLE TOP - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Mechanical Sun Roof Components
        • 54 13 Electric Sun Roof Components
        • 54 12 Mechanical Sun Roof Components
      • Electric Sun Roof Components
        • 54 13 Electric Sun Roof Components
    • Slide/Tilt Sunroof & Convertible Tops - Special Tools - E38
      • (Slide - Tilt Sun Roof And Convertible Top)
        • 54 3 170 Locating pins (2)
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
  • Windows
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • ELECTRICAL DRIVES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Servo positioning drive
        • 67 16 010 Removing and installing or replacing headlight vertical aim adjuster
        • 67 16 015 Removing and installing or replacing right headlight vertical aim adjuster
      • Drive seat adjustment
        • 67 31 541 Removing and installing/replacing drive unit for head restraint adjustment (comfort seat, backrest completely removed)
        • 67 31 650 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear seat backrest adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 67 31 700 Removing and installing or replacing drive for headrest adjustment on rear seat backrest
        • 67 66 510 Removing and installing/replacing lumbar support drive mechanism on front seat, left or right
          • Notes
          • Version with plastic holder:
          • Version with bag:
        • 67 66 520 Removing and installing / replacing drive unit for rear lumbar support
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive heating ventilation
        • 67 32 510 Removing and installing or replacing sensor blower on heating controls
      • Transmission on wiper
        • 67 52 510 Removing and installing or replacing contact pressure adjuster
      • Drive slide tilt sun roof
        • 67 61 510 Removing and installing or replacing drive with gear for actuating slide/tilt sunroof
      • Drive unit headlight
        • 67 63 510 Removing and installing or replacing windshield wiper motor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Drive, sun roller blind
        • 67 65 511 Removing and installing or replacing drive for sun roller blind
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Model with hexagon guide in the drive disk:
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Power Windows
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Component Tests
        • Power Window Motor
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Panel
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
        • Power Window Motor
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster, Z3 & 3-Series)
          • Removal (5-Series & 7-Series)
          • Installation
        • Power Window Switch
          • Removal & Installation (Except 5-Series & 7-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock - Traction Control
      • Identification
      • Description
      • Operation
        • Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Unit
        • Rotation Rate Sensor (From 09/98)
        • Speed Sensors
      • Servicing
      • Bleeding Brake System
      • Programming
        • Coding Control Module (DME/DDE)
        • Programming Control Module (DME/DDE)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Notes
        • Pre-Diagnosis Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostics
        • Test Equipment
        • Repair Precautions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Retrieving & Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Removal & Installation
        • Abs/ASC+T/DSC Control Module From 09/98
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
          • Removal Precautions For Electronic Control Units
        • Charging Piston Unit DSC3 Up To 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Control Unit For Abs
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Control Unit (ASC+T, DSC1, DSC2, DSC3) Up To 09/98
        • Control Unit (Digital Motor Electronics, M52, M60 & M62)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Control Units (Digital Motor Electronics M73)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Abs Impulse Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Hydraulic Unit
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • PRECHARGING Pump (DSC3)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • PRECHARGING Pump DSC3 (With Charging Piston Unit)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Pressure Sensor For DSC
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Abs Pulse Generator
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rotation Rate Sensor (DSC3) Up To 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rotation Rate Sensor (DSCS) From 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Tilt Sensor (Nag)
        • Transversal-Acceleration Sensor DSC3 Up To 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC III)
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Under/Oversteer Correction
        • Component Identification
      • Bleeding Brake System
      • Testing
      • Troubleshooting
      • Diagnosis
      • Removal Installation
        • Transversal-Acceleration Sensor DSC III
          • Production Up To 9/1998
        • Rotation Rate Sensor
          • Notes
          • Production Up To 9/1998
          • Production After 9/1998
        • Abs/ASC+T/DSC Control Module
          • Notes
          • Production After 9/1998
        • Control Module (ASC+T, DSC1, DSC2, DSC3)
          • Production Up To 9/1998
        • Control Unit
        • Front Abs Impulse Sensor
        • Rear Abs Impulse Sensor
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Brakes - Repair
      • Brake Pad Warning Light Reset
      • Description & Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Basic Bleeding Procedures
        • Vehicles With Abs/ASC+T
          • Notes
          • Flush Entire Braking System
          • Bleed Rear-Axle Brake Circuit
          • Bleed Front-Axle Brake Circuit
        • VEHICLES WITH DSC 5.7 OR DSC3 FROM 09/96, 750i/iL To 09/98
      • Adjustments
        • Parking Brake
      • Troubleshooting
        • Notes
        • Symptom A: Brakes Pull To One Side
        • Symptom B: Brakes Excessively Hot While Driving
        • Symptom C: Poor Braking Effect
        • Symptom D: Brake Pedal Motion Too Soft & Spongy
        • Symptom E: Brake Pedal Travel Excessive
        • Symptom F: Uneven Pad Wear
        • Symptom G: Brake Pads Worn At Angle
        • Symptom H: Seized Brake Pads
        • Symptom I: Brakes Squeal Or Rattle
        • Symptom J: Brake Pedal Dead Travel Excessive
        • Symptom K: Jammed Piston In Brake Caliper
        • Symptom L: Pulsating Effect On Brake Pedal
        • Symptom M: Handbrake Effect Insufficient
      • Testing
        • Brake Warning Light
        • Parking Brake
        • Power Brake Booster
          • Low Pressure Test
        • Service Brake
          • Notes
          • High-Pressure Test
          • Low-Pressure Test
          • On Test Stand
        • Thickness Of Brake Lining
      • Removal & Installation
        • Brake Booster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Booster Non-Return Valve
          • Removal & Installation
        • Brake Expansion Tank
          • Removal & Installation
        • Brake Light Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Disc Pad
          • Removal & Installation
        • Caliper Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Disc
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Lines
          • Removal & Installation
        • Parking Brake Shoes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Axle Seals & Bearings
        • Rear Axle Seals & Bearings
          • 3-Series (Except M3, M Roadster, M Coupe, 318ti & Z3)
          • M3, M Roadster & M Coupe
          • 318ti & Z3
          • 5-Series
          • 7-Series (Except 735i & 745i)
          • 735i & 745i
      • Overhaul
        • Left Or Right Front Brake Caliper
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Master Cylinder
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • BRAKES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Brakes testing and Bleeding
        • 34 00 ... General Data
          • Notes
          • General:
          • Brake fluid:
          • Wheel brakes:
          • Brake lines, brake hoses:
          • Anti-lock braking system ABS/slip control system ASC+T:
        • 34 00 009 Checking brakes on test stand
        • 34 00 010 Checking thickness of brake lining
          • Special tools required:
        • 34 00 010 Checking thickness of brake lining from model year '97
        • 34 00 017 Checking Brake Booster (Low-Pressure Test)
        • 34 00 047 Bleeding brake system with ABS
        • 34 00 048 Bleeding brake system with ABS/ASC+T
          • Notes
          • Flush entire braking system
          • Bleeding rear-axle brake circuit
          • Bleeding front-axle brake circuit
        • 34 00 050 Bleeding brake system with DSC3 from 09/97, 750i/iL to 09/98
          • Notes
          • Flush entire braking system
          • Bleed rear-axle brake circuit
          • Bleed front-axle brake circuit
        • 34 00 513 Checking parking brake setting (for inspection)
          • Notes
          • E38
        • 34 00 519 Checking service brake: high- and lowpressure tests
      • Front brakes
        • 34 11 ... Configuration of floating caliper (front)
        • 34 11 000 Removing and installing/replacing brake linings on both front disk brakes
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 11 220 Removing and installing/replacing both front brake discs
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 11 519 Removing and installing or replacing left or right front brake caliper
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 11 552 Overhauling left or right front-brake caliper (brake caliper removed)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 11 667 Fine-grinding both sides of both front brake disks (brake disks removed)
      • Rear brakes
        • 34 21 ... Layout of floating caliper (rear)
        • 34 21 200 Removing and installing or replacing brake linings on both rear disk brakes
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 21 320 Removing and installing or replacing both rear brake disks
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 21 745 Removing and installing or replacing left or right rear brake caliper
        • 34 21 812 Overhauling left or right rear brake caliper (brake caliper removed)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 21 947 Fine-grinding both sides of both rear brake disks (brake disks removed)
      • Master brake Cylinder
        • 34 31 181 Removing and installing/replacing expansion tank for hydraulic brake actuation
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 31 500 Removing and installing / replacing master brake cylinder
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Brakes Lines
        • 34 32 861 Replacing all brake pipes
        • 34 32 881 Replacing front left or right brake hoses
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 32 971 Replacing both rear brake hoses
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Brake booster
        • 34 00 017 Checking brake booster (low-pressure test)
        • 34 33 051 Removing and installing / replacing nonreturn valve for brake booster
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 33 071 Replacing vacuum hose for brake booster
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 33 505 Removing and installing / replacing brake booster
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Parking brake
        • 34 41 006 Adjusting parking brake
        • 34 41 220 Removing and installing / replacing all brake shoes of the parking brake
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 41 250 Removing and installing / replacing brake shoe expander for brake shoes of the parking brake
      • Slip Control System
        • 34 52 545 Removing and installing/replacing transversal-acceleration sensor DSC3 up to 09/98
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Mechanical - hydraulic Control Unit
        • 34 51 520 Removing and installing / replacing ABS hydraulic control unit
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 51 525 Removing and installing or replacing ABS/ASC+T
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 51 525 Removing and installing/replacing hydraulic unit ABS/ASC+T
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Electronic Components
        • 34 52 510 Replacing control unit (for ABS)
        • 34 52 515 Replacing ABS/ASC+T/DSC control module from 09/98
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 52 515 Replacing control module (ASC+T, DSC1, DSC2, DSC3) up to 09/98
        • 34 52 525 Removing and installing / replacing front ABS impulse sensor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 34 52 535 Removing and installing/replacing rear ABS pulse generator
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Trouble Shooting
        • 34 90 ...Troubleshooting the brake system
    • Brakes - Special Tools - E38
      • Brakes
        • 34 1 000 Extractor
      • 34 1 050 Fixture
      • 34 1 080 Bit insert
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 34 1 090 Steel wire brush
      • 34 1 200 Screwdriver socket
      • 34 1 260 Brake lining measuring gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 34 1 280 Brake disc slide gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 34 3 100 Brake booster tester
      • 34 3 110 Bleeder wrench
      • 34 3 150
        • Set of spanners
      • 34 3 160 Reducer
      • 34 3 170 Set of socket wrenches
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 34 3 200 Assembly fixture
      • 34 4 000 Allen key
      • 34 5 100 Bending fixture
      • 34 5 160 Socket bit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 34 5 240 V-adapter lead, 42-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 34 6 320 Lever
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
    • BRAKES - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Brake Testing and bleeding
        • 34 00 Testing and bleeding brakes E38
      • Front Brakes
        • 34 11 Front Wheel Brakes E38
      • Rear Brakes
        • 34 21 Rear Wheel Brakes: DiscsE38
      • Parking Brake
        • 34 41 Parking Brake E38
    • BRAKES - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740I & 740iL - E38
      • Brake testing and bleeding
        • 34 00 Testing and bleeding brakes
      • Front Brake
        • 34 11 Front Brake
      • Rear Brake
        • 34 21 Rear Brake
      • Brake Master Cylinder
        • 34 31 Brake Master Cylinder
      • Brake Lines
        • 34 32 Brake Lines
      • Brake Booster
        • 34 33 Brake Booster
      • Parking Brake
        • 34 41 Parking Brake
        • 35 11 Pedal Assembly Console
      • Slip Control System
        • 34 50 Antislip Control System (ABS, ASC)
        • 34 51 Slip Control System (ABS, ASC+T, DSC)
      • Mechanical - Hydraulic Control
        • 34 51 Slip Control System (ABS, ASC+T, DSC)
    • Operating Fluids - Brakes
      • 1.0 General Information
      • 2.0 Handling Brake Fluids
        • Notes
        • Caution
      • 3.0 BMW Tested And Approved Brake Fluids
      • 4.0 Brake Fluid Change Intervals
      • 5.0 Other Operating Fluids
        • Anti-Squeak/Corrosion Paste
        • Brake Cleaner Spray
    • Operating Fluids - Pedals
      • 1.0 General Information
    • PEDALS - REPAIR - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Pedal Mounting Block
        • 35 11 000 Removing and installing mounting block for pedals
      • Brake Pedal with Link
        • 35 21 000 Removing and installing or replacing brake pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Clutch Pedal With Linkage
        • 35 31 000 Removing and installing / replacing clutch pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Accelerator Pedal
        • 35 40 001 Removing and installing/replacing accelerator pedal module
        • 35 40 503 Replacing adapter plate
      • Kick Down
        • 35 40 001 Removing and installing/replacing accelerator pedal module
        • 35 40 503 Replacing adapter plate
        • 35 41 ... Adjusting bowden cable for throttle valve actuation
          • Manual transmission:
          • Automatic transmission:
        • 35 41 000 Removing and installing or replacing foot pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 41 010 Removing and installing or replacing accelerator pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 41 421 Replacing bowden cable for throttle valve actuation
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 41 480 Replacing kick-down switch
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Foot Operate Parking Brake
        • 35 51 001 Removing and installing or replacing parking brake foot pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 51 003 Removing and installing damper for footbrake lever
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 51 030 Removing and installing or replacing front bowden cable for parking brake
        • 35 51 040 Removing and installing / replacing left or right Bowden cable for parking brake pedal
    • Pedals - Special Tools - E38
      • Pedals
        • Notes
        • 35 0 010 Setting gauge
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
    • PEDALS - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Pedal mounting block
        • 35 11 Pedal Assembly Console
      • Brake Pedal and Linkage
        • 35 21 Brake Pedal and Linkage
      • Clutch Pedal and Linkage
        • 35 31 Clutch Pedal and Linkage
      • Accelerator Pedals
        • 34 41 Parking Brake
        • 35 11 Pedal Assembly Console
        • 35 40 Pedals
      • Kick-down
        • 35 41 Accelerator Pedal and Linkage
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock - Traction Control
      • Identification
      • Description
      • Operation
        • Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Unit
        • Rotation Rate Sensor (From 09/98)
        • Speed Sensors
      • Servicing
      • Bleeding Brake System
      • Programming
        • Coding Control Module (DME/DDE)
        • Programming Control Module (DME/DDE)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Notes
        • Pre-Diagnosis Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostics
        • Test Equipment
        • Repair Precautions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Retrieving & Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Removal & Installation
        • Abs/ASC+T/DSC Control Module From 09/98
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
          • Removal Precautions For Electronic Control Units
        • Charging Piston Unit DSC3 Up To 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Control Unit For Abs
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Control Unit (ASC+T, DSC1, DSC2, DSC3) Up To 09/98
        • Control Unit (Digital Motor Electronics, M52, M60 & M62)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Control Units (Digital Motor Electronics M73)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Abs Impulse Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Hydraulic Unit
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • PRECHARGING Pump (DSC3)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • PRECHARGING Pump DSC3 (With Charging Piston Unit)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Pressure Sensor For DSC
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Abs Pulse Generator
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rotation Rate Sensor (DSC3) Up To 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rotation Rate Sensor (DSCS) From 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Tilt Sensor (Nag)
        • Transversal-Acceleration Sensor DSC3 Up To 09/98
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC III)
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Under/Oversteer Correction
        • Component Identification
      • Bleeding Brake System
      • Testing
      • Troubleshooting
      • Diagnosis
      • Removal Installation
        • Transversal-Acceleration Sensor DSC III
          • Production Up To 9/1998
        • Rotation Rate Sensor
          • Notes
          • Production Up To 9/1998
          • Production After 9/1998
        • Abs/ASC+T/DSC Control Module
          • Notes
          • Production After 9/1998
        • Control Module (ASC+T, DSC1, DSC2, DSC3)
          • Production Up To 9/1998
        • Control Unit
        • Front Abs Impulse Sensor
        • Rear Abs Impulse Sensor
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Axle Shafts - 7 Series
      • Identification
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal, Disassembly, Reassembly & Installation
        • Axle Shafts
          • Removal
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • Front Axle - Special Tools - E38
      • Front Axle
        • 31 2 080 Wrench socket WAF 46, 3/4" square
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 100 Fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 200 Expander tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 210 Socket wrench socket WAF 21
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 220 Support plate
      • 31 2 240 Puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 260 Pressure sleeve tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 140 Pin wrench
      • 31 3 210 Spanner
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 340 Spring tensioner
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 350 Spring holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 358 Insert ring
      • 31 3 360 Protective inserts
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
    • Operating Fluids - Front Axle
      • 1.0 General Information on High Temperature Multi-Purpose Grease
      • 2.0 Approved High Temperature Multi-purpose Grease
        • Notes
        • Ball Bearings (E24 from mid 1982, E28, E30, E31, E32 and all following)
        • Tapered Roller Bearings (E23, E21)
      • 3.0 Approved Front Axle Final Drive Oils
    • Operating Fluids - Rear Axle
      • 1.0 General Information On Final Drive Oil
        • Notes
        • Oil Additives
      • 2.0 Approved Final Drive Oils For Front And Rear Axle Final Drives With And Without Limited Slip Or Viscous Coupling
        • Notes
        • Limited Slip Differentials
          • Notes
          • Non-Limited Slip Differentials
      • 3.0 Final Drive Oil For BMW M1 Motorsport Coupe
      • 4.0 Oil Change Intervals
      • 5.0 Cars Without Service Indicator (Including BMW M1)
      • 6.0 Cars With Service Indicator
        • Notes
        • Break-In Procedures
      • 7.0 Output Shafts
      • 8.0 Wheel Bearings
        • Ball Bearings E24 (Since 5/82), E28, E30, E31, E32 And All Following
        • Grooved Ball Bearings E12, E21, E23, E24 Before 5/82
      • 9.0 Differential Housing Final Drive Covers And Housing
    • Rear Axle - Special Tools - E38
      • Rear Axle
        • 33 1 070 Holding fixture
      • 33 1 110 Set of tools
      • 33 1 300 Rillex tapered roller bearing extractor
      • 33 1 450 Roller base
      • 33 2 100 Clamping fixture
      • 33 2 110 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 260 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 310 Removal/installation tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 330 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 420 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 440 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 450 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 470 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 480 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 490 Drift
      • 33 4 140 Universal support
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 150 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 160 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 170 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 190 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 200 Tool kit / striker fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 220 Axle support set
      • 33 4 240 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 250 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 400 Puller fixture
      • 33 4 410 Support
      • 33 4 420 Support
      • 33 5 014 Thrust piece with splined key
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Differentials & Axle Shafts
      • Axle Ratio & Identification
      • Description & Operation
      • Lubrication
        • Capacity
        • Fluid Type
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Axle Shaft & Bearing
        • Axle Shafts
          • Removal (3-Series)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5-Series)
        • Axle Shaft Boots
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Axle Shaft Oil Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Differential Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Drive Shaft
          • Removal (With Rear Universal Joint)
          • Installation
          • Removal (With Rear CV Joint)
        • Drive Shaft Constant Velocity (CV) Joint
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Drive Shaft Constant Velocity (CV) Joint Boot
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pinion Shaft & Oil Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Hub & Carrier Assembly
          • Removal (3-Series)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5-Series)
      • Overhaul
        • Differential Assembly
      • Torque Specifications
    • Operating Fluids - Front Axle
      • 1.0 General Information on High Temperature Multi-Purpose Grease
      • 2.0 Approved High Temperature Multi-purpose Grease
        • Notes
        • Ball Bearings (E24 from mid 1982, E28, E30, E31, E32 and all following)
        • Tapered Roller Bearings (E23, E21)
      • 3.0 Approved Front Axle Final Drive Oils
    • Operating Fluids - Rear Axle
      • 1.0 General Information On Final Drive Oil
        • Notes
        • Oil Additives
      • 2.0 Approved Final Drive Oils For Front And Rear Axle Final Drives With And Without Limited Slip Or Viscous Coupling
        • Notes
        • Limited Slip Differentials
          • Notes
          • Non-Limited Slip Differentials
      • 3.0 Final Drive Oil For BMW M1 Motorsport Coupe
      • 4.0 Oil Change Intervals
      • 5.0 Cars Without Service Indicator (Including BMW M1)
      • 6.0 Cars With Service Indicator
        • Notes
        • Break-In Procedures
      • 7.0 Output Shafts
      • 8.0 Wheel Bearings
        • Ball Bearings E24 (Since 5/82), E28, E30, E31, E32 And All Following
        • Grooved Ball Bearings E12, E21, E23, E24 Before 5/82
      • 9.0 Differential Housing Final Drive Covers And Housing
    • Rear Axle - Special Tools - E38
      • Rear Axle
        • 33 1 070 Holding fixture
      • 33 1 110 Set of tools
      • 33 1 300 Rillex tapered roller bearing extractor
      • 33 1 450 Roller base
      • 33 2 100 Clamping fixture
      • 33 2 110 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 260 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 310 Removal/installation tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 330 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 420 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 440 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 450 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 470 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 480 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 490 Drift
      • 33 4 140 Universal support
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 150 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 160 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 170 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 190 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 200 Tool kit / striker fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 220 Axle support set
      • 33 4 240 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 250 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 400 Puller fixture
      • 33 4 410 Support
      • 33 4 420 Support
      • 33 5 014 Thrust piece with splined key
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Drive Shafts & Universal Joints
      • Model Identification
      • Description
        • Drive Shafts
        • Universal Joints
      • Inspection
        • Driveline
          • Center Bearing
          • Drive Shaft
          • Engine & Transmission Mounts
          • Flexible Coupling
          • Sliding Coupling
          • Tires & Wheels
          • Universal Joints
      • Adjustments
        • Drive Shaft Phasing
        • Drive Shaft Balancing
          • Adjustment
        • Flange Alignment & RUNOUT
          • Alignment
          • Runout
        • Center Bearing Preload
      • Universal Joint Maintenance
        • Lubrication
      • Removal & Installation
        • Drive Shaft
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Flexible Coupling
          • Removal & Installation
        • Center Bearing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Centering Guide
          • Removal & Installation
        • Universal Joints
      • Overhaul
        • Universal Joints
      • Torque Specifications
    • Operating Fluids - Drive Shaft
      • 1.0 General Information
    • PROPELLER SHAFT - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Propeller shaft assembly
        • 26 11 000 Removing and installing complete propeller shaft
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 26 11 051 Replacing joint disk for propeller shaft
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 26 11 090 Removing and installing or replacing center mount of propeller shaft
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 26 11 160 Replacing constant-velocity joint for propeller shaft
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
      • Center Support Bearing Assembly
        • 26 12 001 Replacing complete propeller shaft center bearing (constant-velocity joint)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
    • Propeller Shaft - Special Tools - E38
      • Propeller Shaft
        • 26 1 000 Gauge
      • 26 1 030 Fixture
      • 26 1 040 Spanner
      • 26 1 070 Removal disk
      • 26 1 110 Removal disk
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 26 1 300 Inclination angle measuring device
    • PROPELLER SHAFT - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Propeller Shaft in General
        • 26 00 Propeller Shaft in General
      • Propeller shaft assembly
        • 26 11 Propeller shaft complete E38 / M62 / AUT / 740iL Automatic Transmission
    • PROPELLER SHAFT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Propeller Shaft Assembly
        • 26 11 Propeller Shaft, complete
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Central Body Electronics (ZKE III) - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Central Body Electronics (ZKE III)
        • Notes
        • Central Body Electronics (ZKE III)
        • System Components
          • Notes
          • General Module (GM)
          • Driver's Door Module And Switch Block (PM-FT/SB)
          • Passenger Door Module (PM-BT)
          • Seat Memory Module (PM-SM)
          • Sunroof Module (SHD)
            • Notes
            • ZKE Overview
        • Windshield Wiping/Washing
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Wiper Stalk Switch Input
            • Headlight Washing (If Equipped)
            • Rear Window Wiper/Washer System (E39 Wagon And E53)
        • Automatic Interval Control (AIC)
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Rain Sensor
          • Principle Of Operation
            • Notes
            • Rain Sensor Function
              • Notes
              • Rain Sensor Control Module Adaptation
              • Windshield Wiper System Fail-Safe Operation
        • Central Locking
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Driver's Door Lock
            • Luggage Compartment Lock Cylinder (Except E53/E39 Wagon)
            • Luggage Compartment Remote Unlock
            • Crash Signalling
            • Door Lock Actuators
            • E53 Door Lock Mechanism
              • Notes
              • Single lock/unlock function
              • Double Lock/Unlock Function
              • Door Contact Hall Sensor
              • Trunk Lid Close (E38) /Tailgate And Window Latching (E39/E53)
        • Remote (Keyless) Entry FZV
          • Introduction
            • Notes
            • Vehicle/Key Memory
            • Vehicle Memory
            • Key Memory
          • System Components
            • Remote Key
            • Model Year 2000 Key
        • Workshop Hints
          • Remote Key Initialization
          • LED Status (Keys Equipped With LED)
            • Notes
            • FZV Key Test
            • FZV Key Rechargeable Battery
            • FZV Key Communication Overview
          • Notes
          • Sunroof Fault Response Characteristics
          • Emergency Operation of the Sunroof
        • Anti-Theft (DWA) System
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Interior Sensor FIS (Up To 99 MY)
            • Interior Sensor UIS (After 99 MY)
            • Tilt Sensor (Liquid Type - E38/E39 To 97 MY)
            • Tilt Sensor (Electronic Type From 98 MY)
            • Glass Breakage Sensors (Early E38 - Before FIS Sensor)
            • Alarm Siren
          • Principle Of Operation
            • DWA Arming/Disarming
              • Notes
              • Panic Mode Operation
              • Emergency Disarming
              • Alarm Indication
            • DWA LED Status
        • Power Windows/Sunroof
          • Notes
          • System Components
          • E53 Style Window Switches
          • Rear Window Child Lockout Switch
          • Window Anti-Trap Detection
            • Notes
            • Power Window Overview (IPO)
          • Power Window Motors
            • Notes
            • Window Motor Limit Stop Function
          • Convenience Opening/Closing
        • Sunroof
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Sunroof Switch
            • Sunroof Motor/Module (SHD)
          • Principle Of Operation
            • Initialization
              • Notes
              • Updated SHD Module
              • Procedure
        • Interior Lighting
          • Notes
          • Principle Of Operation
            • Notes
            • ON Conditions
            • OFF Conditions
          • System Components
            • Door Contacts
            • Front Seat Interior/Map Light Unit
            • Rear Seat Interior/Reading Light Units
            • Front Footwell Lights
            • Door Warning Lights (E38)
            • Illuminated Transmission Shift Indicator
            • Soft Lighting Feature
        • Visual Entry Aid (E38/E53)
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Interior Door Handle Lighting
            • Exterior Door Handle Lighting
            • Light Source Modules
            • Fiber Optic Light Conductor Cable
            • Light Output Modules
          • Principle Of Operation
        • Seat/Mirror/Steering Column Memory
          • Notes
          • System Components
          • Mirror Operation
            • Notes
            • Mirror Overview (IPO)
          • Driver's Seat (E38/E39)
            • Notes
            • Ripple Count Recognition
            • Diagnosis
          • Passenger's Seat (Without Memory)
            • Notes
            • Optional Seat Back Lumbar Support
            • Principle Of Operation
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • Comfort Seats (standard On E38 750iL, Other Models If Equipped)
          • Steering Column
            • Principle Of Operation
              • Notes
              • Motor Drives
              • Steering Column Overview
            • Entry/Exit Aid
              • Notes
              • Raising The Steering Column
              • Lowering The Steering Column
        • Active Seat (E38 - If Equipped)
          • Purpose Of The System
          • Principle Of Operation
          • Rear Power Seat (E38 750iL)
        • Seat Heating Operation (from 99 MY)
          • Principle Of Operation
          • System Components
            • Carbon Fiber Heating Pads
          • Center Console Switch Center (SZM)
          • SZM Monitoring Of Seat Heating
        • Rear Window Roller Sunblind Operation
        • Servotronic (E38 Only)
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Electro-Hydraulic Solenoid
            • Electro-Hydraulic Solenoid Control
          • Principle Of Operation
        • Consumer Cut Off
          • Notes
          • Overload Protection
          • Sleep Mode
          • Battery Status
          • Diagnosis/Troubleshooting
    • CIP Programming - Overview
      • CIP Programming
        • CIP Programming Screens
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Operating Fluids - Electrical System
      • 1.0 Battery
      • 2.0 Sealant/Super Glue/Contact Cleaner
        • Sealant
        • Super Glue
      • 3.0 Electrical Contact Enhancer and Contact Cleaner
        • Electrical Contact/Connector Grease
        • Electrical Contact Enhancer
        • Contact Cleaner Spray
    • Power Supply (Fuse Box) And Bus Systems - Overview - E38 & E39
      • Power Supply (Fuse Box) And Bus Systems - E38, E39
        • Power Supply (Fuse Box)
          • Notes
          • Fuse Box (Power Distribution Centers)
          • Fuses For Engine Electronics
          • Battery
          • Dual Battery System (E38 750iL)
        • Bus Systems
          • Notes
          • Bus System Configuration
            • I/K-Bus
            • Peripheral Bus
            • Motor Bus
            • Diagnosis Bus
            • Controller Area Networks
          • Bus System Overview
  • Charging Systems
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Generators & Regulators
      • Description
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Battery Disconnect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting Battery
          • Connecting Battery
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wiring Continuity Test
        • Output Test
        • Regulator Control Voltage Test
      • Bench Testing
        • Notes
        • Diode Assembly
        • Stator
          • Bosch
          • Motorola
        • Rotor
          • Bosch
          • Motorola
      • Removal & Installation
        • Generator (6 & 8-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (8-Cylinder)
        • Generator (Non-Water Cooled - V12)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Generator (Water Cooled - V12)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Generator Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Fuse Assignment Symbol Definitions
      • Fuse Symbols
    • Fuses & Circuit Breakers - E38
      • Fuse And Relay Location
        • Notes
        • Engine Compartment
        • Passenger Compartment
        • Fuses In Luggage Compartment
      • Fuse Assignment Symbol Definitions
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Gauges
    • Body Equipment - Special Tools - E38
      • Body Equipment
        • 51 0 010 Test gauge for windscreen and rear window installation
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 51 0 030 Twin cartridge gun
      • 51 0 101 Support, right
      • 51 0 102 Support, left
      • 51 0 103 Bridge
      • 51 0 104 Windscreen/rear window locating fixture
      • 51 0 105 Side window locating fixture
      • 51 0 106 Vacuum pump
      • 51 0 107 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 108 Hoisting winch
      • 51 0 109 Suction cup
      • 51 1 010 Punching fixture
      • 51 1 080 Hexagon WAF 10 (convex)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 1 110 Handle
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 010 Pillar guard (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 2 090 Fixture
      • 51 2 196 Protection
      • 51 2 197 Drift
      • 51 3 010 Suction lift (2x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 200 Special wrench set
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 51 3 210 Gauge
      • 51 3 220 Hand-held suction cup
      • 51 4 000 Assembly film
    • BODY EQUIPMENT - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Front Bumper
        • 51 11 Front Bumper
      • Rear Bumper
        • 51 12 Rear Bumper
      • Trim Parts, Covers, Handle
        • 51 13 Trim Parts, Covers, Handle Trim
      • Mirrors, Covers, Ashtray
        • 51 16 Mirrors, Finishers, Ashtrays, Consoles
      • Front Door Locks Handle
        • 51 21 Front Door Locks
      • Rear Door Locks Handle
        • 51 22 Rear Door Locks
      • Front Manually Operate
        • 51 32 Front Door Windows
      • Front Electrically Operate
        • 51 33 Power windows, front
      • Side Covering with Arm
        • 51 43 Side Trim Panel with Armrests
      • Parcel Shelf trim Panel
        • 51 46 Partition panels
    • COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Transceiver Handset
        • 84 11 510 Removing and installing / replacing eject box
          • Notes
          • Car phone, fixed mounting:
          • Mobile phone:
        • 84 11 520 Removing and installing/replacing transceiver
        • 84 11 530 Removing and installing/replacing interface for D-Network car phone
        • 84 11 600 Replacing cordless keypad handset
        • 84 21 520 Removing and installing/replacing line compensator (cellular phone)
        • 84 21 530 Removing and installing/replacing handsfree charging electronics
      • Hand Held Computer
        • 84 21 520 Removing and installing/replacing line compensator (cellular phone)
        • 84 21 530 Removing and installing/replacing handsfree charging electronics
    • Communication Systems - Special Tools - E38
      • Communication System
        • 84 1 000 Test cable for telephone BEMI TEST
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
    • Entertainment & Communication - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Entertainment and Communication
        • Notes
        • Multi-Information Display
          • Notes
          • MID Self Test
          • MID Comparison
          • On Board Computer (BC)
            • Notes
            • BC Operation
              • Notes
              • Entering Time/Date
              • Reset Time
              • Reset Date
              • Programming Functions
              • Resetting Non-Programming Functions
          • Code Functions
        • Audio Systems
          • Notes
          • Radio/Tape Or CD Player
          • Multi-Information Display
          • Amplifier
          • CD Changer
          • MFL Controls
          • Digital Sound Processing
            • Notes
            • Anti-Theft Feature
            • Antenna Diversity
          • Radio Test Functions
        • Telephone Systems
    • Instrument Cluster Electronics (IKE) - Overview - E38 & E39
      • Instrument Cluster Electronics (IKE)
        • Notes
        • Purpose of the System
        • Components
          • Notes
          • Indicator Lamps
          • LC Displays
            • Notes
            • Service Interval Indicator (SIA)
            • Total Mileage/Trip Mileage
            • Automatic Transmission Selector Position/Driving Program
          • Analog Instruments
            • Notes
            • E38 IKE I-P-O Chart (As Introduced To 9/97)
            • E38 IKE I-P-O Chart (From To 9/97)
        • Principle of Operation
          • Notes
          • Dynamic Digital Inputs
            • Distance Signal (Road Speed)
            • Engine Speed Signal
            • Injection Signal
            • Transmission Interface
            • Dimmer Signal
          • Analog Input Signals
            • Notes
            • Battery Voltage
            • Fuel Tank Level
            • Photo Transistor
            • Coolant Temperature
            • Outside Temperature Sensor
          • Digital Input Signals
            • Notes
            • Steering Column Switch
            • Brake Pad Wear Sensors
            • Oil Pressure Switch
            • Parking Brake Switch
            • Trip Odometer Reset
            • Power Supply
          • Output Signals
          • Redundant Data Storage
          • BC Test Functions (IKE E38, E39, E53)
            • Notes
            • Test No. 01
            • Test No. 02
            • Test No. 03
            • Test No. 04
            • Test No. 05
            • Test No. 06
            • Test No. 07
            • Test No. 08
            • Test No. 09
            • Test No. 10
            • Test No. 11
            • Test No. 12
            • Test No. 13
            • Test No. 14
            • Test No. 15
            • Test No. 19
            • Test No. 20
            • Test No. 21
        • Check Control
          • Notes
          • Check Control Priority Groups
            • Notes
            • Priority Group P1
            • Priority Group P2
            • Priority Group P3
            • Special Warnings
          • CC Display Procedures
            • Special Displays
            • P1 Group
            • P2 and P3 Groups
            • Reminder Symbol "> <"
            • CC Button
            • Steering Column Switch (LSS)
            • Gong
            • Check Control Priority Chart
    • Instrument Panels
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Instrument Cluster & Gauges
        • Service Interval Indicator
        • Active Check Control
      • Testing
        • Notes
        • Entering On-Board Test Mode
          • Notes
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 01: Roll Mode With System Test
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 02: Engine Data
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 03: Elapsed & Evaluated Service Interval Mileage (In Kilometers)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 04: Elapsed Time Since Last Service
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 05: Service Indicator Assessment Factors
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 06: Fuel Tank Quantity & Coolant Temperature
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 07: Engine Speed
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 08: Road Speed
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 09: Mileage Status (In Kilometers)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 10: Status Bit (Input Modes)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 11: Status Bit (Output Modes)
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 12: Free
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 13: National Code
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 14: Software Reset
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
        • Test 15: Lock Off/Lock On
          • M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3
      • Pin Voltage Tests
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Center Console Mounted Gauges
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe & M Roadster)
        • Clock
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
        • Fog Light Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Headlight Switch
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (X5)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
        • Instrument Cluster
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (M Coupe, M Roadster & Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series & X5)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series)
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • INSTRUMENTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Instrument Cluster
        • 62 11 200 Replacing instrument cluster display system
        • 62 11 210 Replacing instrument cluster electronics
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Instrument Carrier
        • 62 21 000 Removing and installing complete instrument carrier
    • Instruments - Special Tools - E38
      • Instruments
        • 62 1 210 Adapter cable ZAE/BAE (30-pin)
      • 62 1 230 Set of test leads
      • 62 1 260 Airbag test cable
      • 62 1 270 Firing device
      • 62 1 310 Adapter cable ZAE/MRS 2 (50-pin)
      • 62 1 330 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS 3(50-pin)
    • On Board Monitor And Navigation Systems - Overview - E38, Ee39, E46, E52, E65 & E85
      • On Board Monitor and Navigation Systems
        • Notes
        • Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • DVD Navigation
        • Components
          • Notes
          • On Board Monitor/Display
            • Notes
            • E46 On Board Monitor Display (MK-II)
            • On Board Monitor Assembly
          • Navigation Computer
            • Notes
            • Mark I Navigation Computer
            • Mark II Navigation Computer
            • Mark III Navigation Computer
          • Video Module (Mk-I Only)
          • Magnetic Field Sensor (Mk-I Only)
            • Notes
            • Sensor Operation
          • GPS Antenna
          • GPS Antenna Locations
          • GPS Receiver Module
          • Gyro Sensor (Mk-II And III)
            • Notes
            • Gyro Sensor Operation
          • Navigation System Interfaces
            • GPS Input Signal
            • Wheel Speed Sensor Input
            • Reverse Gear Signal
            • Rear Window "Defroster ON" Signal (Mark I Only)
            • ARCNET (Mark I Only)
          • RGB
          • Bus Network
          • Mark I Navigation Bus Network Overview
          • Mark II Navigation Bus Network Overview
          • Mark II (E46) Navigation Bus Network Overview
        • Navigation System Operation
          • Notes
          • Graphical Map Scale
          • Graphical Map Positioning
          • GPS Indication
          • Navigation System Information Screen
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Position
        • Workshop Hints
          • Mark I Navigation System Calibration
          • Vehicle Owner Calibration
            • Notes
            • 1. Resetting Vehicle Position
            • 2. Adjusting Tire Size
            • Tire Circumference Measurement
          • Precision Adjustment
          • Dealership Calibration
            • Notes
            • Tools Needed For Dealership Calibration
          • Calibration Procedures
          • 1. Setting Of Car Parameters
          • Aftermarket Wheels Or Suspension Modifications
          • 2. Sensor Test
          • 3. Wheel Sensor
          • 4. Compass (Magnetic Field Sensor Calibration)
            • Notes
            • Compass Step 1
            • Preferred Method- CIRCLE
            • Alternate Method - BLOCK
            • Compass Step 2
            • Preferred Method - Digitized Address
            • Last Method - Angle
            • Compass Step 3 - Rear Window Defroster Compensation
            • Finish Calibration
          • Mark I Diagnosis And Troubleshooting
          • Navigation Computer Flash Codes
          • Mark II Navigation System Diagnostic Mode Displays
          • Mark II Navigation System Calibration
          • E46 Mark II Board Monitor And Navigation Service Mode Displays
          • Replacing The Mk-3 Navigation Computer
          • Service Mode
          • Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Menu Chart (Sensor Check)
            • Service Mode Diagnostic Explanations
          • Navigation System Software
          • Checking Software Version
            • Mk-I Systems
            • Mk-II Systems
            • MK III Systems
            • DVD Navigation System For I-Bus Vehicles
        • On Board Monitor System
          • Notes
          • On Board Monitor And Controls And Indicators
            • Audio System
          • On Board Monitor Functions
            • Notes
            • On Board Computer
            • GPS Navigation
            • Telephone
            • Code Function
            • Set Screen
            • Digital Sound Processor (DSP)
            • Auxiliary Ventilation
            • Emergency
            • Monitor OFF
          • Mark II On Board Functions
            • Notes
            • Automatic Date/Time Display
          • Navigation Computer Removal
  • Horns
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Central Body Electronics (ZKE III) - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Central Body Electronics (ZKE III)
        • Notes
        • Central Body Electronics (ZKE III)
        • System Components
          • Notes
          • General Module (GM)
          • Driver's Door Module And Switch Block (PM-FT/SB)
          • Passenger Door Module (PM-BT)
          • Seat Memory Module (PM-SM)
          • Sunroof Module (SHD)
            • Notes
            • ZKE Overview
        • Windshield Wiping/Washing
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Wiper Stalk Switch Input
            • Headlight Washing (If Equipped)
            • Rear Window Wiper/Washer System (E39 Wagon And E53)
        • Automatic Interval Control (AIC)
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Rain Sensor
          • Principle Of Operation
            • Notes
            • Rain Sensor Function
              • Notes
              • Rain Sensor Control Module Adaptation
              • Windshield Wiper System Fail-Safe Operation
        • Central Locking
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Driver's Door Lock
            • Luggage Compartment Lock Cylinder (Except E53/E39 Wagon)
            • Luggage Compartment Remote Unlock
            • Crash Signalling
            • Door Lock Actuators
            • E53 Door Lock Mechanism
              • Notes
              • Single lock/unlock function
              • Double Lock/Unlock Function
              • Door Contact Hall Sensor
              • Trunk Lid Close (E38) /Tailgate And Window Latching (E39/E53)
        • Remote (Keyless) Entry FZV
          • Introduction
            • Notes
            • Vehicle/Key Memory
            • Vehicle Memory
            • Key Memory
          • System Components
            • Remote Key
            • Model Year 2000 Key
        • Workshop Hints
          • Remote Key Initialization
          • LED Status (Keys Equipped With LED)
            • Notes
            • FZV Key Test
            • FZV Key Rechargeable Battery
            • FZV Key Communication Overview
          • Notes
          • Sunroof Fault Response Characteristics
          • Emergency Operation of the Sunroof
        • Anti-Theft (DWA) System
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Interior Sensor FIS (Up To 99 MY)
            • Interior Sensor UIS (After 99 MY)
            • Tilt Sensor (Liquid Type - E38/E39 To 97 MY)
            • Tilt Sensor (Electronic Type From 98 MY)
            • Glass Breakage Sensors (Early E38 - Before FIS Sensor)
            • Alarm Siren
          • Principle Of Operation
            • DWA Arming/Disarming
              • Notes
              • Panic Mode Operation
              • Emergency Disarming
              • Alarm Indication
            • DWA LED Status
        • Power Windows/Sunroof
          • Notes
          • System Components
          • E53 Style Window Switches
          • Rear Window Child Lockout Switch
          • Window Anti-Trap Detection
            • Notes
            • Power Window Overview (IPO)
          • Power Window Motors
            • Notes
            • Window Motor Limit Stop Function
          • Convenience Opening/Closing
        • Sunroof
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Sunroof Switch
            • Sunroof Motor/Module (SHD)
          • Principle Of Operation
            • Initialization
              • Notes
              • Updated SHD Module
              • Procedure
        • Interior Lighting
          • Notes
          • Principle Of Operation
            • Notes
            • ON Conditions
            • OFF Conditions
          • System Components
            • Door Contacts
            • Front Seat Interior/Map Light Unit
            • Rear Seat Interior/Reading Light Units
            • Front Footwell Lights
            • Door Warning Lights (E38)
            • Illuminated Transmission Shift Indicator
            • Soft Lighting Feature
        • Visual Entry Aid (E38/E53)
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Interior Door Handle Lighting
            • Exterior Door Handle Lighting
            • Light Source Modules
            • Fiber Optic Light Conductor Cable
            • Light Output Modules
          • Principle Of Operation
        • Seat/Mirror/Steering Column Memory
          • Notes
          • System Components
          • Mirror Operation
            • Notes
            • Mirror Overview (IPO)
          • Driver's Seat (E38/E39)
            • Notes
            • Ripple Count Recognition
            • Diagnosis
          • Passenger's Seat (Without Memory)
            • Notes
            • Optional Seat Back Lumbar Support
            • Principle Of Operation
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • Comfort Seats (standard On E38 750iL, Other Models If Equipped)
          • Steering Column
            • Principle Of Operation
              • Notes
              • Motor Drives
              • Steering Column Overview
            • Entry/Exit Aid
              • Notes
              • Raising The Steering Column
              • Lowering The Steering Column
        • Active Seat (E38 - If Equipped)
          • Purpose Of The System
          • Principle Of Operation
          • Rear Power Seat (E38 750iL)
        • Seat Heating Operation (from 99 MY)
          • Principle Of Operation
          • System Components
            • Carbon Fiber Heating Pads
          • Center Console Switch Center (SZM)
          • SZM Monitoring Of Seat Heating
        • Rear Window Roller Sunblind Operation
        • Servotronic (E38 Only)
          • Notes
          • System Components
            • Electro-Hydraulic Solenoid
            • Electro-Hydraulic Solenoid Control
          • Principle Of Operation
        • Consumer Cut Off
          • Notes
          • Overload Protection
          • Sleep Mode
          • Battery Status
          • Diagnosis/Troubleshooting
    • CIP Programming - Overview
      • CIP Programming
        • CIP Programming Screens
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Operating Fluids - Electrical System
      • 1.0 Battery
      • 2.0 Sealant/Super Glue/Contact Cleaner
        • Sealant
        • Super Glue
      • 3.0 Electrical Contact Enhancer and Contact Cleaner
        • Electrical Contact/Connector Grease
        • Electrical Contact Enhancer
        • Contact Cleaner Spray
    • Power Supply (Fuse Box) And Bus Systems - Overview - E38 & E39
      • Power Supply (Fuse Box) And Bus Systems - E38, E39
        • Power Supply (Fuse Box)
          • Notes
          • Fuse Box (Power Distribution Centers)
          • Fuses For Engine Electronics
          • Battery
          • Dual Battery System (E38 750iL)
        • Bus Systems
          • Notes
          • Bus System Configuration
            • I/K-Bus
            • Peripheral Bus
            • Motor Bus
            • Diagnosis Bus
            • Controller Area Networks
          • Bus System Overview
  • Starter
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
    • Starters
      • Description
      • Operation
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Starter
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (8-Cylinder)
      • Overhaul
      • Starter Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.4L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • Drive Belt Routing (M60, M62 & S62)
        • Drive Belt Routing (M70, M73 & S70)
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Specifications
  • Auxiliary Emission Control Systems
    • Emission Control System Visual Inspection Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Emission Control Labels
      • Emission Control Visual Inspection
        • Notes
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
        • Thermostatic Air Cleaner (TAC)
        • Fuel Evaporative System (EVAP)
        • Catalytic Converters
          • Oxidation Catalyst (OC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst (TWC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst + Oxidation Catalyst (TWC + OC)
        • Fill Pipe RESTRICTOR (Fr)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
          • Single Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Dual Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Positive Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Negative Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Spark Controls (SPK)
        • Air Injection System (AIS)
          • Air Pump Injection System (AP)
          • Pulsed Secondary Air Injection (PAIR) System
        • Oxygen Sensor (O2)
        • Computerized Engine Controls (CEC)
        • Early Fuel Evaporation (EFE)
        • Emission Maintenance Reminder Light (EMR) (If Equipped)
        • Malfunction Indicator Light (Mil)
  • Cooling Fans
    • Description & Operation
    • System Tests
    • Removal & Installation
      • Cooling Fan & Cowl
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
      • Front Bumper
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • COOLING SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Coolant, checking coolant
        • 17 00 ... Instructions for working on cooling system
          • Notes
          • Recycling
          • Instructions for disassembly/assembly of coolant hose fast-release couplings
            • Disassembly of fast-release coupling
          • Installation:
            • Notes
            • Assembly of fast-release coupling
        • 17 00 005 Draining and topping up coolant
          • Notes
          • Draining coolant
          • M62
          • Installation:
          • Recycling
          • Top up coolant!
        • 17 00 009 Checking cooling system for water leaks
          • Notes
          • Checking pressure drop in cooling system:
          • Checking pressure relief valve in cap:
          • Checking vacuum valve in cap
        • 17 00 010 Checking for leaks between cooling system and combustion chamber
        • 17 00 039 Bleeding cooling system and checking for water leaks
          • Notes
          • Transparent expansion tank
          • Black expansion tank
      • Radiator expansion tank
        • 17 00 009 Checking cooling system for water leaks
      • Engine radiator with
        • 17 11 000 Removing and installing radiator
          • Notes
          • Air conditioning
          • Coolant hoses with quick-release couplings
          • Installation:
        • 17 11 031 Replacing fan cowl
          • Notes
          • M62
          • Installation:
        • 17 11 100 Removing and installing/replacing coolant expansion tank
        • 17 11 509 Flushing radiator
          • Notes
          • Separate coolant expansion tank
          • Integral coolant expansion tank
        • 17 11 530 Removing and installing cassette (condenser for air conditioner)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Oil cooler
        • 17 21 500 Flushing oil cooler with lines (automatic transmission)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmissions A5S 310Z, A5S 560Z, A5S 360R/390R, A4S 200R, A5S 325Z, GA6HP26Z
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmission A4S 310R
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmission A4S 300J
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmission A5S 440Z
      • Oil cooler lines
        • 17 21 500 Flushing oil cooler with lines (automatic transmission)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmissions A5S 310Z, A5S 560Z, A5S 360R/390R, A4S 200R, A5S 325Z, GA6HP26Z
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmission A4S 310R
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmission A4S 300J
          • Arrangement of flushing device for transmission A5S 440Z
      • Auxiliary electrical
        • 17 40 000 Removing and installing/replacing complete supplementary fan (with fan cowl)
    • Cooling System - Special Tools - E38
      • Cooling System
        • 17 0 000 Tester
      • 17 0 010 Repair kit for tester 17 0 002
      • 17 0 100 Tester
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 17 0 130 Set of adapters
      • 17 2 010 Set of adapters
    • COOLING SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Coolant, Checking Cool
        • 17 00 Coolant, Cooling System Test E38 / M62
        • 17 21 Oil Cooler E38 / M62
        • 17 11 Radiator and Mounting Parts E38 / M62
      • Engine radiator With
        • 17 11 Radiator and Mounting Parts E38 / M62
      • Oil Cooler
        • 17 21 Oil Cooler E38 / M62
    • COOLING SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Coolant Checking Cool
        • 17 00 Coolant
      • Engine Radiator With
        • 17 11 Radiator and Mounting Parts
      • Oil Cooler
        • 17 21 Engine Oil Cooler
      • oil cooler lines
        • 17 40 Additional Fan (electric)
        • 17 22 Oil Cooler Pipes
      • Auxiliary Electrical
        • 17 40 Additional Fan (electric)
    • Operating Fluids - Radiator
      • 1.0 General Information On Long-Term Antifreeze And Corrosion Inhibitors
        • Notes
        • Initial Filling in Factory
        • Change Intervals
        • Remarks and Limitations
      • 2.0 Coolant Additives
    • Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • Drive Belt Routing (M60, M62 & S62)
        • Drive Belt Routing (M70, M73 & S70)
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Specifications
  • Exhaust
    • EXHAUST SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Exhaust System Complete
        • 18 00 020 Removing and installing complete exhaust system (M52, M60, M62)
          • M52/B28, M60, M62
            • Notes
            • M60, M62
          • Installation:
          • M52/B28
          • M60, M62
            • Overview
            • Installation:
      • Mufflers diesel
        • 18 10 031 Replacing rear muffler (M52, M60, M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • M60, M62, M73
          • Installation:
        • 18 10 530 Replacing tailpipe on left or right rear muffler
      • Seals
        • 18 11 015 Replacing sealing rings (M60, M62, M73)
      • Muffler petrol
        • 18 10 530 Replacing tailpipe on left or right rear muffler
        • 18 12 061 Replacing center muffler
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Exhaust catalytic converter
        • 18 32 010 Removing and installing or replacing catalytic converter on left or right exhaust pipes
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • Exhaust System - Special Tools - E38
      • Exhaust System
        • 18 0 050 Puller fixture
    • EXHAUST SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL
      • Exhaust system complete
        • 18 00 Exhaust Assembly
    • Operating Fluids - Exhaust System
      • 1.0 General Information
  • Fuel System
    • Engine Diagnosis - Overview
      • Engine Diagnosis
        • Engine Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Compression Testing
          • Cylinder Leakage Testing
            • Notes
            • Workshop Hints on Cylinder Leakage Testing
          • Cylinder Arrangement And Firing Order
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Testing
            • Notes
            • Fuel Volume Testing
            • Residual Pressure
              • Notes
              • Fuel System - E32 with M60
              • Fuel System - E39/E46 with M54
              • Fuel System - E60
          • Engine Adaptation Values
          • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
          • Smooth Running Measurement
          • Valvetronic N62
          • N62 Engine Testing
          • MKA Adapter
          • Compression Test N62
            • Notes
            • Manual Compression Test (N62)
          • Rough Running Diagnosis (N62)
    • FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Fuel Pick Up Cleaning
        • 16 00 Fuel supply system E38 / E39 (spark-ignition engines)
        • 16 00 General function description for fuel supply systems
          • Fuel supply systems, spark-ignition engines
          • Fuel supply systems, diesel engines
        • 16 00 005 Draining and filling fuel tank
        • 16 00 100 Checking fuel tank and tank ventilation system for leak-tightness
        • 16 00 510 Conducting leak test on fuel tank and tank ventilation system
        • 16 11 130 Checking filler cap pressure relief valve
          • Special tools required:
          • Check testing equipment for leaks!
          • Measurement evaluation:
          • Check filler cap pressure relief!
      • Fuel Tank With Mounting
        • 16 11 030 Removing and installing fuel tank
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 16 11 060 Removing and installing or replacing fuel filler pipe
        • 16 11 120 Removing and installing / replacing expansion tank for tank ventilation
        • 16 11 130 Checking filler cap pressure relief valve
          • Special tools required:
          • Check testing equipment for leaks!
          • Measurement evaluation:
          • Check filler cap pressure relief!
      • Fuel Transfer Sensor
        • 16 12 000 Removing and installing / replacing the sensor for the fuel level gauge (right)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Spark ignition engines
            • Installation:
          • Diesel engines
            • Installation:
        • 16 12 001 Removing and installing / replacing the sensor for the fuel level gauge (left)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 16 12 010 Removing and installing / replacing activated-carbon filter
        • 16 12 010 Removing and installing/replacing activated carbon filter with LDP (leak diagnosis pump)
      • Fuel Ventilation
        • 16 12 010 Removing and installing/replacing activated carbon filter with LDP (leak diagnosis pump)
      • Fuel Pump
        • 16 14 010 Removing and installing or replacing fuel pump
          • Notes
          • Spark ignition engines
            • Installation:
          • Diesel engines
            • Installation:
    • Fuel Supply System - Service Information
      • Functional Description Of Fuel Supply System
        • Notes
        • General Information
        • 1. Fuel Supply System E38/39
          • Notes
          • 1.2 Functional Description
          • 1.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 2. Fuel Supply System E46
          • Notes
          • 2.2 Functional Description
          • 2.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 3. Fuel Supply System E52
          • Notes
          • 3.2 Functional Description
          • 3.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 4. Fuel Supply System E53
          • Notes
          • 4.2 Functional Description
          • 4.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 5. Fuel Supply System E38/39 Diesel
          • Notes
          • 5.2 Functional Description
          • 5.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 6. Fuel Supply System E46 Diesel
          • Notes
          • 6.2 Functional Description
          • 6.3 Fuel System Operating Data
    • Fuel Supply System - Special Tools - E38
      • Fuel Supply System
        • 16 1 020 Pin wrench
          • Minimum Set: Mechanical Tools
      • 16 1 050 Combination tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 16 1 160 Seals
    • FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Fuel Tank and Mounting
        • 16 11 Fuel Tank and Mounting Parts E38 Diesel
        • 1611 Fuel Tank and Mounting Parts E38 Gasoline-driven cars
      • Fuel Transfer Sensor
        • 1612 Fuel Supply, Fuel Level Sender E38 Gasoline / diesel-driven cars
      • Fuel Pump
        • 16 14 Fuel Pump E38 Gasoline-driven cars
    • Fuel System - Operating Fluids
      • 1.0 Fuels for Gasoline Engines
        • Notes
        • Anti-Knock Properties
        • Boiling Range and Vapor Pressure
        • Specific Gravity
        • Calorific Value
        • Purity, Combustion Deposits
        • Sulfur Content
          • Notes
          • 1.1 Minimum Octane and AKI Ratings for Gasoline Engines
          • 1.2 Summary of Fuel Grade Requirements
      • 2.0 Fuels for Diesel Engines
      • 3.0 Other Fluids
    • Fuel System - Repair Instructions
      • Checking Setting engine
        • 13 00 002 Checking function of Digital Engine Electronics (DME)
          • Diagnostic connector in engine compartment:
          • OBD socket (1) in driver's footwell:
      • Fuel pump with drive
        • 13 31 ... Notes on fuel pressure check (reference pressure: environment)
          • Feature of this version with ambient pressure:
          • Test precondition:
          • Description of operation:
          • Description of operation: fuel return line
          • Description of operation: pressure retaining function
          • Complaint: drive characteristic faults, lack of power
          • If the measured value is less than the nominal value - 0.2 bar:
          • If the measured value is greater than the nominal value + 0.2 bar:
          • Complaint: starting problems
          • If the measured value has dropped by more than 0.5 bar:
          • If the measured value has now dropped by less than 0.5 bar, the following faults can be present:
          • If the measured value has dropped by more than 0.5 bar again:
        • 13 31 ... Notes on fuel pressure check (reference pressure: intake manifold pressure)
          • Feature of this version with intake manifold pressure:
          • Test precondition:
          • Description of operation: fuel pressure regulator
          • Description of operation: fuel pump
          • Description of operation: fuel return line
          • Description of operation: pressure retaining function
          • Complaint: drive characteristic faults, lack of power
          • If the measured value is less than the nominal value - 0.2 bar:
          • If the measured value is greater than the nominal value + 0.2 bar:
          • Complaint: starting problems
          • If the measured value has dropped by more than 0.5 bar:
          • If the measured value has now dropped by less than 0.5 bar, the following faults may be present:
          • If the measured value has again dropped by more than 0.5 bar:
        • 13 31 029 Checking delivery pressure of fuel pump (M62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • Measuring valve on fuel rail:
          • Fuel hoses with quick release coupling without integrated unlocking device:
          • Version, fuel hoses with integrated unlocking facility:
          • Measuring fuel pressure:
          • Check fuel pump:
        • 13 31 510 Removing and installing/replacing 3/2-way valve (M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • E38: Front underbody cover on right side
          • E39:Front underbody cover on left side
          • Installation:
      • Fuel filter
        • 13 32 051 Replacing fuel filter (M52, M60, M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Speed governor
        • 13 41 500 Replacing idle speed control valve (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Injection pump regulator
        • 13 51 630 Replacing fuel pressure regulator (M62)
          • Notes
          • Fuel pressure regulator version 1:
          • Acoustic cover screwed down.
          • Acoustic cover with press-stud fasteners.
          • Installation:
          • Versions 2 and 3 of fuel pressure regulator:
          • Fuel pressure regulator version 2:
          • Fuel pressure regulator version 3:
      • Injection nozzle and
        • 13 53 240 Replacing complete injection pipe (M60, M62)
        • 13 53 540 Replacing, sealing fuel hoses
          • Notes
          • Recycling
          • Version with hose clamps:
          • Installation:
          • Version with compressed air connection:
          • Version, fuel hoses without integrated unlocking facility:
          • Version, fuel hoses with integrated unlocking facility:
          • Seal off fuel hoses:
          • Fuel hoses with quick release couplings:
      • Throttle and operation
        • 13 54 030 Removing and installing/sealing throttle body (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Cars with idle speed control valves only:
          • Installation:
          • Cars without idle speed control valves only:
        • 13 54 060 Removing and installing or replacing throttle body (ASC+T) (M60, M62) D
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 13 54 250 Replacing inlet hose (between mass air flow sensor and throttle body)(M62)
        • 13 54 552 Additional work with ASC+T (removing and installing connections on ASC+T throttle body) (M60, M62)
        • 13 54 554 Additional work with ASC+T (removing and installing throttle body ASC+T on throttle body) (M60, M62)
      • Sensor for control unit
        • 13 62 511 Replacing temperature sensor for intake air (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60 and E31M62:
        • 13 62 531 Replacing coolant-temperature sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars with idle-speed control valves only:
          • Installation:
          • Cars without idle-speed control valves only:
          • All cars:
        • 13 62 560 Removing and installing/replacing mass air flow sensor (M60, M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Throttle potentiometer
        • 13 63 555 Replacing throttle valve potentiometer (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
        • 13 63 556 Replacing throttle valve potentiometer (ASC+T) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
        • 13 63 590 Replacing fuel pump relay
      • Start valves
        • 13 64 541 Replacing all injector valves (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
        • 13 64 582 Checking injector valves for leaks and cleaning
          • Special tools required:
          • Check injector valves for leaks:
          • Clean injector valves:
      • Intake silencer
        • 13 71 000 Removing and installing suction-filter housing (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Air cleaner
        • 13 72 001 Replacing air filter insert (M60, M62)
      • Carbon Canister Ventilation
        • 13 90 500 Replacing tank vent valve (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • Fuel System - Special Tools - E38
      • Fuel System
        • 13 0 131 Compressed air hose with filter
      • 13 0 132 Adapter
      • 13 0 133 Container
      • 13 3 010 Hose clip
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 13 3 060 Fixture
      • 13 5 220 Adapter
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 13 6 050 Set of adapters for BMW DIS
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 13 6 058 T-piece for 12 mm dia. line
      • 13 6 200 Ultrasonic cleaning system
    • FUEL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Checking-Setting Engine
        • 13 00 Checking/Adjusting Engine and Exhaust E38 / M62 B 35
        • 13 00 Checking/Adjusting Engine and Exhaust E38 / M62 B 44
      • Injection nozzle and
        • 13 53 Injectors and Lines, Fuel Pressure Regulator M62
      • Throttle and operation
        • 13 54 Injector Valves, Start Valves M62 B 35
        • 13 54 Injector Valves, Start Valves M62 B 44
    • FUEL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Fuel Pump With Drive
        • 13 31 Fuel Pump With Drive And Pipes
      • Fuel Filter
        • 13 32 Fuel Filter
      • Injection Pump, Regulator
        • 13 51 Injection Pump, Control Receptacle
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 13 62 Senders For Control Unit
      • Start Values
        • 13 64 Fuel Injectors
  • Mechanical
    • Basic Measuring Techniques - Overview
      • Basic Measuring Techniques
        • Basic Engine Measurements
          • Notes
          • Vernier Measurement
          • Micrometer Measurements
            • Notes
            • Metric Micrometer Construction
          • Dial Indicator Measurements
            • Notes
            • Examples Of Dial Indicator Measurements
        • Additional Engine Measurements
          • Notes
          • Cylinder Head Measurement
          • Piston Measurements
          • Piston Ring Measurements
          • Cylinder Bore
        • Metric System
          • Notes
          • Metric System Denominations
          • Metric Reference Chart
          • Metric System Conversion Charts
          • Pressure Conversion Chart
    • Engine - Repair
      • Engine General
        • 00 00 249 BMW engine oil service (M60/M62/M73)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 00 039 Checking compression of all cylinders (M60/M62/M73/S62/M54)
          • Special tools required:
        • 11 00 045 Checking absolute compression of all cylinders
        • 11 00 050 Removing and installing engine (M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
      • Cylinder Head With Cover
        • 11 12 004 Removing and installing/sealing both cylinder head covers (M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 11 12 005 Removing and installing/sealing left cylinder head cover (M62)
        • 11 12 006 Removing and installing/sealing right cylinder head cover (M62)
        • 11 12 105 Removing and installing left cylinder head (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 11 12 105 Removing and installing left cylinder head (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 11 12 106 Removing and installing right cylinder head (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Removal
          • E38/E39
          • Installation
        • 11 12 106 Removing and installing right cylinder head (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 11 12 107 Removing and installing both cylinder heads (M62)
        • 11 12 110 Replacing left cylinder head gasket (M62/S62/N62)
        • 11 12 111 Replacing right cylinder head gasket (M62/S62/N62)
        • 11 12 503 Dismantling and reassembling cylinder head (M62)
        • 11 12 527 Remachining a valve seat (M62, S62)
        • 11 12 595 Checking a valve guide for wear (M62, S62)
        • 11 12 600 Reaming a valve guide (M62, S62)
        • 11 12 719 Milling down cylinder head gasketing face (M62)
        • 11 12 729 Checking cylinder head for water leaks (M62)
      • Oil Sump
        • 11 13 010 Removing and installing/replacing upper section of oil pan (M62)
          • Notes
          • E38 only
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
          • E38
        • 11 13 020 Removing and installing / replacing lower oil pan section (M60/M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 13 510 Removing and installing/replacing upper oil sump section (M60/M62)
      • Housing Cover
        • 11 14 080 Removing and installing timing case cover, top left (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 14 080 Removing and installing timing case cover, top left (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 14 085 Removing and installing timing case cover, top right (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 14 085 Removing and installing timing case cover, top right (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 14 110 Removing and installing timing case cover, bottom (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 14 110 Removing and installing timing case cover, bottom (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 14 141 Replacing radial seal below timing case cover (M62)
        • 11 14 151 Replacing crankshaft radial seal (M62/S62)
      • Crankshaft With Bearing
        • 11 21 500 Replacing crankshaft (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 21 531 Replacing main crankshaft bearing shell (M62)
          • Notes
          • Checking main bearing clearance:
        • 11 21 571 Replacing grooved ball bearing in crankshaft (M62/S62)
      • Flywheel
        • 11 22 500 Removing and installing/replacing flywheel (M62/S62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 22 510 Removing and installing/replacing flywheel (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Vibration Damper
        • 11 23 010 Removing and installing/replacing vibration damper (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 23 031 Removing and installing/replacing hub for vibration damper (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Connecting Rod With Bearings
        • 11 24 571 Replacing all conrod bearings (M62)
      • Pistons With Rings And Pins
        • 11 25 530 Removing and installing/replacing all pistons (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal
          • Installation
          • M62 B46 only:
          • M62 B35/B44 only:
        • 11 25 671 Replacing piston rings on all pistons (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • V-ribbed Belt W. tens
        • 11 28 010 Replacing alternator drive belt (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 28 050 Replacing drive belt for a/c compressor (M60/M62/M73)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Camshaft
        • 11 31 010 Adjusting camshaft timing (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • E38/E39
        • 11 31 010 Adjusting camshaft timing (M62 up to 9/98)
        • 11 31 011 Replacing left camshaft (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 11 31 011 Replacing left camshafts (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal
          • E38/E39
          • Installation
        • 11 31 015 Replacing right camshaft (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal
          • E38/E39
          • Installation
        • 11 31 015 Replacing right camshaft (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 11 31 051 Replacing timing chain (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal
          • E38/E39
          • E31/E38/E39
          • Installation
        • 11 31 051 Replacing timing chain (M62 up to 9/98)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 11 31 090 Installing and removing/replacing piston for chain tensioner (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Valves With Springs
        • 11 34 552 Removing and installing/replacing all valves (M62)
        • 11 34 560 Replacing all valve stem seals (M62, S62)
        • 11 34 715 Replacing all valve springs (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Variable Camshaft Timing
        • 11 31 010 Adjusting camshaft timing (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • E38/E39
        • 11 36 585 Removing and installing/replacing solenoid valve of camshaft adjustment unit, left (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 36 590 Removing and installing/replacing solenoid valve of camshaft adjustment unit, right (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 36 610 Removing and installing/replacing left camshaft adjustment unit (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal:
          • E31/E38/E39
          • Installation:
        • 11 36 615 Removing and installing/replacing right camshaft adjustment unit (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Special tools required:
          • Removal:
          • E31/E38/E39
          • Installation:
        • 11 36 630 Removing and installing/replacing distributor on left camshaft adjustment unit (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Removal
          • Installation:
          • Installation
        • 11 36 635 Removing and installing/replacing distributor on right camshaft adjustment unit (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Removal
          • Installation:
          • Installation
      • Oil Supply
        • 11 40 000 Checking engine oil pressure
          • Special tools required:
          • Checking engine oil pressure with DIS Tester
          • Checking engine oil pressure with pressure gauge
      • Oil Pump With Filter
        • 11 41 000 Removing and installing/replacing oil pump (M62)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
          • Installation:
      • Oil filter and Lines
        • 11 42 020 Completely removing and installing, sealing/replacing main flow oil filter (M62 / S62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Water Pump With Drive
        • 11 51 000 Removing and installing/replacing water pump (M62 / S62)
          • Notes
          • Removal:
          • Installation:
      • Fan
        • 11 52 020 Removing and installing or replacing fan coupling (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Thermostat and Connecting
        • 11 53 000 Removing and installing / replacing coolant thermostat (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 53 325 Removing and installing/replacing coolant manifold (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • E38:
      • Intake Manifold
        • 11 61 050 Removing and installing intake air manifold (M62)
          • Notes
          • Version up to 9/98
          • Installation:
          • Version from 9/98
            • Overview
            • Installation:
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • 11 62 060 Removing and installing/replacing exhaust manifold, left (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 62 065 Removing and installing/replacing exhaust manifold, right (M62 VANOS from 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 62 142 Removing and installing or replacing both exhaust manifolds on left (M62 to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
        • 11 62 143 Removing and installing or replacing both exhaust manifolds on right (M62 to 9/98)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Emission Control Oxygen
        • 11 78 510 Replacing oxygen sensor (M62 / S62) Disconnect connector for oxygen sensor.
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 78 530 Replacing Lambda control sensor, left (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 11 78 533 Replacing Lambda control sensor, right (M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • Engine - Technical Data
      • Engine in general
        • 11 00 Engine in general M62 B 35
        • 11 00 Engine in general M62 B 44
        • 11 00 Engine in general M62 B 46
      • Engine Block
        • 1111 Engine Block, Cylinder Crankcase M62 B 35
        • 1111 Engine Block, Cylinder Crankcase M62 B 44
        • 1111 Engine Block, Cylinder Crankcase M62 B 46
      • Cylinder Head with Cover
        • 11 12 Cylinder Head with Cover M62 B 46
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Valve Seat Cover M62 B 35
        • 11 12 Cylinder Head with Valve Seat Cover M62 B 44
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Valve Seat Cover M62 B 46
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Cover M62 B 44
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Cover M62 B 35
      • Crankshaft and Bearings
        • 11 21 Crankshaft and Bearings M62 B 35
        • 11 21 Crankshaft and Bearings M62 B 44
        • 11 21 Crankshaft and Bearings M62 B 46
      • Vibration Damper
        • 11 23 Vibration Damper M62 B35
        • 11 23 Vibration Damper M62 B44
        • 11 23 Vibration Damper M62 B46
      • Connecting Rods and Bearings
        • 11 24 Connecting Rods and Bearings M62 B 35
        • 11 24 Connecting Rods and Bearings M62 B 44
        • 11 24 Connecting Rods and Bearings M62 B 46
      • Pistons with Rings and Pins
        • 11 25 Pistons with Rings and Pins M62 B 35
        • 11 25 Pistons with Rings and Pins M62 B 44
        • 11 25 Pistons with Rings and Pins M62 B 46
      • Camshaft
        • 11 31 Camshaft M62 B 35
        • 11 31 Camshaft M62 B 44
        • 11 31 Camshaft M62 B 46
      • Valve with Springs
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Valve Seat Cover M62 B 35
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Valve Seat Cover M62 B 44
        • 1112 Cylinder Head with Valve Seat Cover M62 B 46
        • 11 34 Valves with Springs M62 B 35
        • 11 34 Valves with Springs M62 B 44
        • 11 34 Valves with Springs M62 B 46
      • Oil Supply
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive M62 B 35
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive M62 B 44
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive M62 B 46
        • 11 40 Oil Supply E31 / E38 / E39 / M62
      • Oil Pump with filter
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive M62 B 35
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive M62 B 44
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive M62 B 46
        • 11 40 Oil Supply E31 / E38 / E39 / M62
      • Fan
        • 11 52 Fan M62 B 35
        • 11 52 Fan M62 B 44
        • 11 52 Fan M62 B 46
    • Engine - Tightening Torques
      • Engine block
        • 11 11 Engine block
      • Cylinder Head with Cover
        • 11 12 Cylinder Head with Cover
      • Oil Sump
        • 11 13 Oil Pan
      • Housing Cover
        • 11 14 Case Covers
      • Crankshaft And Bearings
        • 11 11 Engine block
        • 11 24 Connecting Rods and Bearings
        • 11 21 Crankshaft and Bearings
      • Flywheel
        • 11 22 Flywheel
      • Vibration Damper
        • 11 23 Vibration Damper
      • Connecting Rods And Bearing
        • 11 11 Engine block
        • 11 24 Connecting Rods and Bearings
      • Camshaft
        • 11 31 Camshaft
      • Variable Camshaft timing
        • 11 36 Variable Camshaft Control
      • Oil Pump with Filter
        • 11 41 Oil Pump with Strainer and Drive
      • Oil Filter and Lines
        • 11 42 Oil Filter and Pipes
      • Water Pump and Drive
        • 11 51 Water Pump and Drive
      • Fan
        • 11 52 Fan
      • Thermostat and Connections
        • 11 53 Thermostat and Connections
      • Intake Manifold
        • 11 61 Intake manifold
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • 11 62 Exhaust manifold
      • Emissions-Control, Oxygen
        • 11 78 Emissions-control, Lambda oxygen sensor
    • Engine And Transmission Mounting - Tightening Torques
      • Engine Suspension
        • 22 11 Engine Suspension
        • 22 32 Transmission mounts
      • Transmission Suspension
        • 22 32 Transmission mounts
    • Engine Diagnosis - Overview
      • Engine Diagnosis
        • Engine Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Compression Testing
          • Cylinder Leakage Testing
            • Notes
            • Workshop Hints on Cylinder Leakage Testing
          • Cylinder Arrangement And Firing Order
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Testing
            • Notes
            • Fuel Volume Testing
            • Residual Pressure
              • Notes
              • Fuel System - E32 with M60
              • Fuel System - E39/E46 with M54
              • Fuel System - E60
          • Engine Adaptation Values
          • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
          • Smooth Running Measurement
          • Valvetronic N62
          • N62 Engine Testing
          • MKA Adapter
          • Compression Test N62
            • Notes
            • Manual Compression Test (N62)
          • Rough Running Diagnosis (N62)
    • Engine- Special Tools
      • Engine
        • 11 0 000 Engine lifter for removing and installing engines
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 0 070 Engine hoist
      • 11 0 180 Accessories
      • 11 0 190 Accessories
      • 11 0 220 Compression test kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 0 240 Coupling
      • 11 0 340 Accessories
      • 11 1 200 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 1 210 Extractor
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 1 230 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 1 280 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 1 310 Drift
      • 11 1 360 Assembly sleeves
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 1 420 Fixture
      • 11 1 480 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 000 Puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 030 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 050 Guide pins
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 070 Holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 290 Placement board
      • 11 2 300 Plug mandrel
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 340 Extractor
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 350 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 390 Slip bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 2 420 Holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 3 030 Placement board for tappet
      • 11 3 190 Locking fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 3 200 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 3 220 Slip bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 3 460 Protractor
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 4 030 Adapter
      • 11 4 050 Reducer
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 4 130 Lever
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 4 190 1/4" extension piece
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 5 030 Holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 5 040 Open-ended spanner WAF 32
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 5 110 Bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 6 060 Extension piece
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 6 400 Pressure testing fixture
      • 11 7 020 Socket wrench socket WAF 22
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 7 290 Adapter
      • 11 7 300 Placement board
      • 11 7 310 Spacer
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 7 450 Simulator
      • 11 8 150 Insertion tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 11 9 000 Cylinder head expander tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
    • Operating Fluids - Engine
      • 1.0 General Information
        • Notes
        • Good Wear Protection and Friction Reduction
        • Limited Tendency to Produce Combustion Residue
        • Favorable Viscosity Temperature Behavior
        • Anti-Foaming
        • Good Corrosion Inhibition
        • Mixing Ability/Compatibility
        • Good Thermal Conductivity/Good Cooling Property
        • Good Dispersant/Detergent Qualities
        • Oxidation Inhibitors and Aging Stability
      • 2.0 Grading Of Oils
        • Viscosity Number
        • Multigrade Oils
        • Single Grade Oils
        • Oil Classifications
      • 3.0 Engine Oil Requirements and Specifications
        • Approved Engine Oils
      • 4.0 Engine Oil Change Intervals
      • 5.0 Condition Based Service
      • 6.0 Engine Oil Additives
      • 7.0 Break-In Instructions
      • 8.0 Engine Oil Applied to Engine Exhaust Studs
      • 9.0 Lubricant For Oxygen Sensor
      • 10.0 Oil Consumption
      • 11.0 References
      • 12.0 Operating Fluids Table and Alternate Suppliers
  • Starter
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
    • Starters
      • Description
      • Operation
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Starter
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (8-Cylinder)
      • Overhaul
      • Starter Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Controls - On-Vehicle Adjustments
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Notes
      • Engine Compression
        • Notes
        • 6-Cylinder & V8
        • V12
    • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Notes
      • Idle Speed
      • Idle Mixture & Co Level
      • Accelerator With Electronic Engine Power Control
  • Application
    • Introduction
      • Introduction
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Engine Diagnosis - Overview
      • Engine Diagnosis
        • Engine Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Compression Testing
          • Cylinder Leakage Testing
            • Notes
            • Workshop Hints on Cylinder Leakage Testing
          • Cylinder Arrangement And Firing Order
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Testing
            • Notes
            • Fuel Volume Testing
            • Residual Pressure
              • Notes
              • Fuel System - E32 with M60
              • Fuel System - E39/E46 with M54
              • Fuel System - E60
          • Engine Adaptation Values
          • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
          • Smooth Running Measurement
          • Valvetronic N62
          • N62 Engine Testing
          • MKA Adapter
          • Compression Test N62
            • Notes
            • Manual Compression Test (N62)
          • Rough Running Diagnosis (N62)
    • FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Fuel Pick Up Cleaning
        • 16 00 Fuel supply system E38 / E39 (spark-ignition engines)
        • 16 00 General function description for fuel supply systems
          • Fuel supply systems, spark-ignition engines
          • Fuel supply systems, diesel engines
        • 16 00 005 Draining and filling fuel tank
        • 16 00 100 Checking fuel tank and tank ventilation system for leak-tightness
        • 16 00 510 Conducting leak test on fuel tank and tank ventilation system
        • 16 11 130 Checking filler cap pressure relief valve
          • Special tools required:
          • Check testing equipment for leaks!
          • Measurement evaluation:
          • Check filler cap pressure relief!
      • Fuel Tank With Mounting
        • 16 11 030 Removing and installing fuel tank
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 16 11 060 Removing and installing or replacing fuel filler pipe
        • 16 11 120 Removing and installing / replacing expansion tank for tank ventilation
        • 16 11 130 Checking filler cap pressure relief valve
          • Special tools required:
          • Check testing equipment for leaks!
          • Measurement evaluation:
          • Check filler cap pressure relief!
      • Fuel Transfer Sensor
        • 16 12 000 Removing and installing / replacing the sensor for the fuel level gauge (right)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
          • Spark ignition engines
            • Installation:
          • Diesel engines
            • Installation:
        • 16 12 001 Removing and installing / replacing the sensor for the fuel level gauge (left)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 16 12 010 Removing and installing / replacing activated-carbon filter
        • 16 12 010 Removing and installing/replacing activated carbon filter with LDP (leak diagnosis pump)
      • Fuel Ventilation
        • 16 12 010 Removing and installing/replacing activated carbon filter with LDP (leak diagnosis pump)
      • Fuel Pump
        • 16 14 010 Removing and installing or replacing fuel pump
          • Notes
          • Spark ignition engines
            • Installation:
          • Diesel engines
            • Installation:
    • Fuel Supply System - Service Information
      • Functional Description Of Fuel Supply System
        • Notes
        • General Information
        • 1. Fuel Supply System E38/39
          • Notes
          • 1.2 Functional Description
          • 1.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 2. Fuel Supply System E46
          • Notes
          • 2.2 Functional Description
          • 2.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 3. Fuel Supply System E52
          • Notes
          • 3.2 Functional Description
          • 3.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 4. Fuel Supply System E53
          • Notes
          • 4.2 Functional Description
          • 4.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 5. Fuel Supply System E38/39 Diesel
          • Notes
          • 5.2 Functional Description
          • 5.3 Fuel System Operating Data
        • 6. Fuel Supply System E46 Diesel
          • Notes
          • 6.2 Functional Description
          • 6.3 Fuel System Operating Data
    • Fuel Supply System - Special Tools - E38
      • Fuel Supply System
        • 16 1 020 Pin wrench
          • Minimum Set: Mechanical Tools
      • 16 1 050 Combination tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 16 1 160 Seals
    • FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Fuel Tank and Mounting
        • 16 11 Fuel Tank and Mounting Parts E38 Diesel
        • 1611 Fuel Tank and Mounting Parts E38 Gasoline-driven cars
      • Fuel Transfer Sensor
        • 1612 Fuel Supply, Fuel Level Sender E38 Gasoline / diesel-driven cars
      • Fuel Pump
        • 16 14 Fuel Pump E38 Gasoline-driven cars
    • Fuel System - Operating Fluids
      • 1.0 Fuels for Gasoline Engines
        • Notes
        • Anti-Knock Properties
        • Boiling Range and Vapor Pressure
        • Specific Gravity
        • Calorific Value
        • Purity, Combustion Deposits
        • Sulfur Content
          • Notes
          • 1.1 Minimum Octane and AKI Ratings for Gasoline Engines
          • 1.2 Summary of Fuel Grade Requirements
      • 2.0 Fuels for Diesel Engines
      • 3.0 Other Fluids
    • Fuel System - Repair Instructions
      • Checking Setting engine
        • 13 00 002 Checking function of Digital Engine Electronics (DME)
          • Diagnostic connector in engine compartment:
          • OBD socket (1) in driver's footwell:
      • Fuel pump with drive
        • 13 31 ... Notes on fuel pressure check (reference pressure: environment)
          • Feature of this version with ambient pressure:
          • Test precondition:
          • Description of operation:
          • Description of operation: fuel return line
          • Description of operation: pressure retaining function
          • Complaint: drive characteristic faults, lack of power
          • If the measured value is less than the nominal value - 0.2 bar:
          • If the measured value is greater than the nominal value + 0.2 bar:
          • Complaint: starting problems
          • If the measured value has dropped by more than 0.5 bar:
          • If the measured value has now dropped by less than 0.5 bar, the following faults can be present:
          • If the measured value has dropped by more than 0.5 bar again:
        • 13 31 ... Notes on fuel pressure check (reference pressure: intake manifold pressure)
          • Feature of this version with intake manifold pressure:
          • Test precondition:
          • Description of operation: fuel pressure regulator
          • Description of operation: fuel pump
          • Description of operation: fuel return line
          • Description of operation: pressure retaining function
          • Complaint: drive characteristic faults, lack of power
          • If the measured value is less than the nominal value - 0.2 bar:
          • If the measured value is greater than the nominal value + 0.2 bar:
          • Complaint: starting problems
          • If the measured value has dropped by more than 0.5 bar:
          • If the measured value has now dropped by less than 0.5 bar, the following faults may be present:
          • If the measured value has again dropped by more than 0.5 bar:
        • 13 31 029 Checking delivery pressure of fuel pump (M62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • Measuring valve on fuel rail:
          • Fuel hoses with quick release coupling without integrated unlocking device:
          • Version, fuel hoses with integrated unlocking facility:
          • Measuring fuel pressure:
          • Check fuel pump:
        • 13 31 510 Removing and installing/replacing 3/2-way valve (M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • E38: Front underbody cover on right side
          • E39:Front underbody cover on left side
          • Installation:
      • Fuel filter
        • 13 32 051 Replacing fuel filter (M52, M60, M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Speed governor
        • 13 41 500 Replacing idle speed control valve (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Injection pump regulator
        • 13 51 630 Replacing fuel pressure regulator (M62)
          • Notes
          • Fuel pressure regulator version 1:
          • Acoustic cover screwed down.
          • Acoustic cover with press-stud fasteners.
          • Installation:
          • Versions 2 and 3 of fuel pressure regulator:
          • Fuel pressure regulator version 2:
          • Fuel pressure regulator version 3:
      • Injection nozzle and
        • 13 53 240 Replacing complete injection pipe (M60, M62)
        • 13 53 540 Replacing, sealing fuel hoses
          • Notes
          • Recycling
          • Version with hose clamps:
          • Installation:
          • Version with compressed air connection:
          • Version, fuel hoses without integrated unlocking facility:
          • Version, fuel hoses with integrated unlocking facility:
          • Seal off fuel hoses:
          • Fuel hoses with quick release couplings:
      • Throttle and operation
        • 13 54 030 Removing and installing/sealing throttle body (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Cars with idle speed control valves only:
          • Installation:
          • Cars without idle speed control valves only:
        • 13 54 060 Removing and installing or replacing throttle body (ASC+T) (M60, M62) D
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 13 54 250 Replacing inlet hose (between mass air flow sensor and throttle body)(M62)
        • 13 54 552 Additional work with ASC+T (removing and installing connections on ASC+T throttle body) (M60, M62)
        • 13 54 554 Additional work with ASC+T (removing and installing throttle body ASC+T on throttle body) (M60, M62)
      • Sensor for control unit
        • 13 62 511 Replacing temperature sensor for intake air (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60 and E31M62:
        • 13 62 531 Replacing coolant-temperature sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars with idle-speed control valves only:
          • Installation:
          • Cars without idle-speed control valves only:
          • All cars:
        • 13 62 560 Removing and installing/replacing mass air flow sensor (M60, M62, M73)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Throttle potentiometer
        • 13 63 555 Replacing throttle valve potentiometer (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
        • 13 63 556 Replacing throttle valve potentiometer (ASC+T) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
        • 13 63 590 Replacing fuel pump relay
      • Start valves
        • 13 64 541 Replacing all injector valves (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
        • 13 64 582 Checking injector valves for leaks and cleaning
          • Special tools required:
          • Check injector valves for leaks:
          • Clean injector valves:
      • Intake silencer
        • 13 71 000 Removing and installing suction-filter housing (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Air cleaner
        • 13 72 001 Replacing air filter insert (M60, M62)
      • Carbon Canister Ventilation
        • 13 90 500 Replacing tank vent valve (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • Fuel System - Special Tools - E38
      • Fuel System
        • 13 0 131 Compressed air hose with filter
      • 13 0 132 Adapter
      • 13 0 133 Container
      • 13 3 010 Hose clip
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 13 3 060 Fixture
      • 13 5 220 Adapter
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 13 6 050 Set of adapters for BMW DIS
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 13 6 058 T-piece for 12 mm dia. line
      • 13 6 200 Ultrasonic cleaning system
    • FUEL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Checking-Setting Engine
        • 13 00 Checking/Adjusting Engine and Exhaust E38 / M62 B 35
        • 13 00 Checking/Adjusting Engine and Exhaust E38 / M62 B 44
      • Injection nozzle and
        • 13 53 Injectors and Lines, Fuel Pressure Regulator M62
      • Throttle and operation
        • 13 54 Injector Valves, Start Valves M62 B 35
        • 13 54 Injector Valves, Start Valves M62 B 44
    • FUEL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Fuel Pump With Drive
        • 13 31 Fuel Pump With Drive And Pipes
      • Fuel Filter
        • 13 32 Fuel Filter
      • Injection Pump, Regulator
        • 13 51 Injection Pump, Control Receptacle
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 13 62 Senders For Control Unit
      • Start Values
        • 13 64 Fuel Injectors
  • Ignition System
    • Engine Diagnosis - Overview
      • Engine Diagnosis
        • Engine Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Compression Testing
          • Cylinder Leakage Testing
            • Notes
            • Workshop Hints on Cylinder Leakage Testing
          • Cylinder Arrangement And Firing Order
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Testing
            • Notes
            • Fuel Volume Testing
            • Residual Pressure
              • Notes
              • Fuel System - E32 with M60
              • Fuel System - E39/E46 with M54
              • Fuel System - E60
          • Engine Adaptation Values
          • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
          • Smooth Running Measurement
          • Valvetronic N62
          • N62 Engine Testing
          • MKA Adapter
          • Compression Test N62
            • Notes
            • Manual Compression Test (N62)
          • Rough Running Diagnosis (N62)
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
  • BMW Mode 6
    • Introduction
    • Mode 6
  • Engine Controls - Pin Voltage Charts
    • Introduction
      • Notes
      • Identifying Pcm 9-Pin Connector
      • Identifying Pcm 24-Pin Connector
      • Identifying Pcm 40-Pin Connector
      • Identifying Pcm 52-Pin Connector
      • 3-Series
        • Pcm 9-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (3-Series)
        • Pcm 52-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (3-Series)
        • Pcm 40-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (3-Series)
      • 5-Series 6-Cylinder
        • Pcm 9-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series 6-Cylinder)
        • Pcm 24-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series 6-Cylinder)
        • Pcm 52-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series 6-Cylinder)
        • Pcm 40-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series 6-Cylinder)
      • 5-Series V8
        • Pcm 9-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series V8)
        • Pcm 24-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series V8)
        • Pcm 52-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series V8)
        • Pcm 40-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (5-Series V8)
      • 7-Series V8
        • Pcm 9-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V8)
        • Pcm 24-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V8)
        • Pcm 52-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V8)
        • Pcm 40-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V8)
      • 7-Series V12
        • Pcm No. 1 9-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
        • Pcm No. 1 24-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
        • Pcm No. 1 52-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
        • Pcm No. 1 40-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
        • Pcm No. 2 9-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
        • PCM No. 2 24-PIN CONNECTOR TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION (7-SERIES V12)
        • Pcm No. 2 52-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
        • PCM No. 2 40-PIN CONNECTOR TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION (7-SERIES V12)
        • Throttle Position Control Module (EML) 88-Pin Connector Terminal Identification (7-Series V12)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal, Overhaul & Installation
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm) For Digital Motor Electronics (DME) System
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series & 7-Series)
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Oxygen Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8 & V12)
        • Oxygen Sensor Monitor (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor (Cylinder Identification Sensor)
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Direct Ignition System (Dis)
        • Distributor Cap (V12)
          • Removal & Installation (Left Cap)
          • Removal & Installation (Right Cap)
        • Distributor Rotor (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Ignition Wiring (V12)
          • Removal & Installation (Left Side)
          • Removal & Installation (Right Side)
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Accelerator Sensor (V12)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Expansion Tank
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series)
        • Fuel Filter
          • 3-Series (Z3)
          • 3-Series (E46)
          • M52, M60, M62 & M73
        • Fuel Lines
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal (6-Cylinder)
          • Installation
          • Removal (V8 & V12)
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Fuel Rail & Injectors
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (M Roadster)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46)
          • Removal & Installation (5-Series)
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series V8)
          • Removal & Installation (7-Series V12)
        • Idle Speed Control Valve
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder - E36)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Non-Return Valve
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (M Roadster)
          • Removal & Installation (V12 - Cylinders 1-6)
          • Removal & Installation (V12 - Cylinders 7-12)
        • Throttle Body
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • 3/2 Way Valve (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Air Filter Element
          • Removal & Installation (6-Cylinder)
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Air Pump (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Carbon Filter
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - Z3)
          • Removal & Installation (M Roadster)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46 - With Leak Diagnosis Pump)
          • Removal & Installation (3-Series - E46 - Without Leak Diagnosis Pump)
          • Removal & Installation (V8 & V12 - Without Leak Diagnosis Pump)
          • Removal & Installation (V12 - With Leak Diagnosis Pump)
        • Electronic Catalytic Converter (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Electronic Catalytic Converter Control Unit (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Tank Vent Valve
          • Removal & Installation (V8)
          • Removal & Installation (V12)
        • Left Intake Filter Housing (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Right Intake Filter Housing (V12)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe (V12)
          • Removal & Installation (Cylinders 1-6)
          • Removal & Installation (Cylinders 7-12)
      • Torque Specifications
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Introduction
      • Battery
      • Capacities
        • Fluid Capacities (6-Cylinder)
        • Fluid Capacities (V8)
        • Fluid Capacities (V12)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Type
          • Notes
          • GM Transmissions (A5S360R/390R)
          • ZF 3HP22, 4HP22 & 4HP24
          • A5S325Z (5HP19) & A5S440Z (5HP24)
          • GA6HP26Z
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Level Check
          • Notes
          • Transmission Without Dipstick
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
          • Overview
          • Service Interval Indication
          • Service Interval Light Reset (Using Reset Tool)
          • Service Interval Light Reset (Using Instrument Cluster Odometer Button)
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition Systems
        • Crankshaft (Speed/Position Pulse) Sensor
        • Ignition Coil
        • Distributor (V12)
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order & Timing Marks
          • Notes
          • Firing Order (6-Cylinder)
          • Firing Order (V8)
          • Firing Order (V12)
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Pump
        • Fuel Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Idle Speed Control (ISC) Valve
          • Z3
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 2 Cylinder Engine
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 6 Cylinder Engine
        • V8 Engine
        • V10 Engine
        • V12 Engine
  • System
    • Coding And Programming - Overview
      • Introduction to Coding & Programming
        • Notes
        • What is Coding?
        • What is Programming?
        • What is the Purpose of Coding and Programming?
        • Where is Data Stored in a Control Module?
          • Notes
          • EPROM (Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory)
          • EEPROM (Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory)
            • Notes
            • What is needed to Code and Program?
      • Coding & Programming Equipment
        • Notes
        • Equipment and Software
          • Notes
          • DISplus (Diagnostic Information System)
          • GT1 (Group Tester 1)
          • SSS (Software Service Station)
          • Diagnostic Head
          • OPPS Head - (Optical Testing & Programming System)
          • OPS Head - (Optical Programming System)
          • Deutronic Automatic Battery Charger
            • Notes
            • Hardware Operating Conditions
          • Coding & Programming Software
        • Networks
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Bus Systems
          • Workshop LAN Network
            • Notes
            • Workshop Network
          • Network Structure
            • Notes
            • Network Connections
            • Accessing Configuration Information - DISplus/GT1 & Interface(s)
              • Notes
              • Workshop Layout
              • Workshop Layout Index
          • Workshop Network Components
          • Common Terminology
            • Network
            • Local Area Network (LAN)
            • Ethernet
            • Ethernet Cable (CAT 5)
            • RJ-45 Connectors
            • Wall Jack
            • Switched HUB
            • Network Server
            • Automatic/Online Updates
            • Access Point
            • Interface Name
            • IP Address
            • IP Subnet Mask
            • Gateway
        • Remote Coding, Individualization & Programming Terminals
          • Notes
          • Software Service Station
          • OPPS/OPS/Diagnostic Head
            • Notes
            • OPPS
            • Ops
            • Diagnostic Head
          • MOST Direct Access Port
          • Equipment Configurations
        • Procedure for Coding & Programming
      • Coding Plug
        • Notes
        • Coding Plug
          • Notes
          • Coding Plug Identification
          • Ordering Replacement Coding Plug
        • Coding Plug Overview
          • Notes
          • Coding Plug Identification - E32/E34
            • Notes
            • From 2/89 to 9/91 Production
            • 9/90 Revision
            • E32/34 as of 9/91 (1992 Model Year)
          • E36 Instrument Cluster
            • 318i/is, 325i/is and M3
            • 318ti and Z3 Roadster
            • Test No. 09
        • Federal Odometer Disclosure Requirement 92-513
      • Variant Coding
        • Notes
        • Variant Coding
          • Notes
          • Variant Code Identification Display
          • Variant Code Structure
          • Variant Code Procedure
            • Notes
            • Adopt a Variant Code
            • Manually Entering a Variant Code
      • Coding Code
        • Notes
        • Coding Code (Code Number)
          • Notes
          • Code Number Identification
          • Coding Code Procedure
            • Notes
            • Ordering Pre-Coded Modules
          • Workshop Exercise
      • Vehicle Coding Information
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Coding Information
          • Introduction
        • ZCS Structure
          • Notes
          • ZCS Stored Location In Vehicle
          • ZCS Identification/Display
            • Notes
            • Accessing Stored ZCS Information
            • Accessing ZCS Information Label
            • ZCS Codable Control Modules
          • Workshop Exercise
        • Vehicle Order
      • EPROMs & EEPROMs
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Engine Control Module EPROM Programming
          • Notes
          • M3.1 Engine Control Modules
          • M3.3 & M3.3.1 Engine Control Modules
        • Engine Control Modules Flash (EEPROM) Programming
        • Transmission EPROMS
        • Transmission Control Module Flash (EEPROM) Programming
        • When is EPROM Replacement and/or Programming Necessary?
          • Notes
          • How A Replacement EPROM Or Control Module Is Determined
            • DME/ECM EPROM
            • TCM
          • Programming Procedure
            • Notes
            • Workshop Exercise - SIB Look-up
            • Determination Process for DME EPROM
            • Automatic Determination
            • Manual Determination
      • Progman
        • Notes
        • Progman Introduction
          • Notes
          • Progman
          • Administration
          • JETstream
          • Multiconsole/Multisession
          • CIP
        • What Will Progman Do For Me?
          • Notes
          • Before Progman (CIP 15.0)
          • With Progman (CIP15.0)
        • Getting Started With Progman
        • Administration
          • Notes
          • Interfaces
            • Notes
            • Explanation of Status Indicators
            • Examples of Possible Combinations
              • Interface Name
            • Version
            • IP Address
            • External Interface
          • Overview
          • Configuration
            • Notes
            • Interface Name
            • IP Address
            • Gateway
            • IP Subnet Mask
          • Interface Update
            • Notes
            • Updating Interface after Initial Install
          • Self-Test
          • External Interface
          • Settings
            • Notes
            • Overview
            • Operating Status
            • Network
            • Installation
            • FASTA
            • Date and Time
            • Operating Times
            • User Interface
          • Workshop Exercise - Configuration Check
        • Starting a Programming or Coding Session with Progman
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting From Interface To Be Used By Progman
          • Starting A Session With Progman
            • Notes
            • Access CIP Functions For E31E32/E34/E36/E38/E39/E46/E52/E53
            • Access CIP Functions For E60/E62/E63/E64/E65/E83/E85...
          • Return To Progman "Home" Screen
          • Progman "Home" Screen Session Status
          • Going From Progman To Diagnosis On GT1
          • Going From Diagnosis To Progman On GT1
        • Shutting Down the SSS
          • Notes
          • Workshop Exercise - Access CIP & ZCS
      • Coding, Individualization & Programming (CIP)
        • Notes
        • Coding, Individualization & Programming
          • Introduction
          • Integration Levels
          • Measures Plan
          • Initial CIP Screen
          • CIP Main Selection Screen
          • Control Module Replacement Yes/No
        • CIP Functions - If No (Non MOST-Bus Vehicles with VO)
        • CIP Functions - If No (MOST-Bus Vehicles)
        • Control Module Selection - Programming - Update Software
          • Notes
          • Control Module Selection-Programming-Special Measures
          • Retrofits
        • Management
          • Notes
          • Management - Reports
          • Management - Application - Test & Version
        • Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle - Vehicle Order
          • Vehicle - Initialization
          • Vehicle - Service Function
          • Vehicle - Complete Encoding
        • CIP Functions - If Yes
        • CKM - Individualization (Vehicle & Key Memory)
        • ZCS Coding Procedure
          • Notes
          • Coding Control Modules That Store The ZCS
            • Notes
            • Manual Input of ZCS Data
          • Automatic Coding Procedure
          • Additional ZCS Coding Functions
            • Notes
            • Retrofit
            • Conversion
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Test Charts
      • Introduction
        • Notes
        • Check Engine Light
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • BMW Diagnostic Hardware
          • Notes
          • MoDiC System
          • DIS Plus
          • Group Tester One (GT-1)
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Hard & Intermittent Failures
          • OBD-II Diagnostics
          • BMW Diagnostics
          • Readiness Code
        • Retrieving & Erasing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Cross-Reference & Tables
          • Notes
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 1 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 2 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 3 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 4 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 1 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 2 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 3 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 4 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 5 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 6 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 7 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 1 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 2 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 3 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 4 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 5 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 1 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 2 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 3 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 4 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 5 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 1 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 2 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 3 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 4 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 5 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 1 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 2 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 3 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 4 Of 4
      • Test Group Identification
      • Test Group Diagnosis
        • Catalyst Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXV04.4LEV, YBMXT04.4E53 & YBMXT04.453M
          • Test Group YBMXV04.9S62
          • Test Group YBMXVO5.4LEV
        • Misfire Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXV04.4LEV & YBMXV05.4LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV04.9S62
        • Evaporative System Monitoring
          • Evaporative Emissions
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
          • Test Group YBMXTO4.4E53, YBMXTO4.453M & YBMXV04.9S62
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV, YBMXVO4.4LEV & YBMXVO5.4LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
        • Secondary Air System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXVO4.4LEV, YBMXV04.9S62 & YBMXV05.4LEV
        • Fuel System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Adaptation Values
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52 & YBMXV04.9S62
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXV04.4LEV & YBMXV05.4LEV
        • Oxygen Sensor Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Oxygen Sensor Electrical Integrity Check
          • Oxygen Sensor Heater Check
          • Siemens Post-Catalyst Heater
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXV04.4LEV & YBMXV05.4LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV04.9S62
    • Emissions - Overview
      • Emission Overview
        • Notes
        • Emissions Overview
          • What Is OBD?
          • What Happens If A Problem Is Detected?
          • What Is The Most Common Problem Detected By OBD?
            • Fuel Filler Cap
            • Misfire Detection
        • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
        • OBD History
          • Notes
          • OBD I
          • OBD II
          • Objectives Of OBD II
        • Overview of the National Low Emission Vehicle Program
          • Notes
          • OBD II Emission Compliance Chart
        • System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Permanent Monitoring
          • Cyclic Monitoring
          • Drive Cycle
        • The "Malfunction Indicator Light" ( MIL) will be illuminated under the following conditions
        • Readiness Code
          • Notes
          • Readiness Code Using DISplus/MoDIC
        • OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
        • Scan Tool Connection
          • Notes
          • 20 Pin Diagnostic Socket Deletion
            • Model And Production Date: E46 From 6/00 E39, E52, E53 From 9/00
            • Diagnostics Via OBD II Connector
        • BMW Fault Code (DISplus/MoDIC)
          • Notes
          • OBD II Fault Memory and Fault Codes
          • Emission Control Function Monitoring & Comprehensive Component Monitoring
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
      • Fuel System
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection
          • Oscilloscope Pattern
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Volume & Pressure
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Ignition Checks
        • Servicing Precautions
        • Ignition System
          • Oscilloscope Pattern Diagnostics
          • Oscilloscope Pattern Diagnostics (Various Coil Manufacturers)
          • Oscilloscope Pattern Diagnostics (Spark Plug Faults)
          • Ignition Voltage
          • Direct Ignition System (DIS)
          • Distributor Ignition System (V12)
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • DME (Digital Motor Electronics) Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
          • Ground, Power & Input/Output Circuits
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Sensors
      • Relays & Solenoids
        • Relays
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Pressure Check (Lack Of Power)
          • Fuel Pressure Check (Hard Start)
          • Fuel Pressure & Volume
        • Fuel Control
          • Fuel Injector
          • Fuel Injector Leakage
          • Fuel Injector Cleaning
      • Idle Control System
        • Idle Speed Control Valve
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Direct Ignition System
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Ignition Coil Primary Signal Check
          • Ignition Voltage Too High
          • Ignition Voltage Too Low
          • Ignition Coil Secondary Signal Check
        • Distributor Ignition System (V12)
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Fuel Tank Vent (Evaporation) Control Valve
        • Fuel Tank Leakage
          • Notes
          • 3-Series (E46)
          • 5-Series (E39) 6-Cylinder
          • 5-Series (E39) V8 (Except M5) & 7-Series (E38) V8 & V12
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Symptoms
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Engine Does Not Start (Will Not Crank)
        • Engine Cranks, But Fails To Start
        • Engine Backfires
        • Loss Of Power
        • Detonation (Engine Knock)
        • Stalls At Idle
        • Engine Runs Rough (Off Idle)
        • Rough Or Unstable Idle
        • Engine Misfires - All Conditions
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Excessive Emissions
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Intermittent Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Coding And Programming - Overview
      • Introduction to Coding & Programming
        • Notes
        • What is Coding?
        • What is Programming?
        • What is the Purpose of Coding and Programming?
        • Where is Data Stored in a Control Module?
          • Notes
          • EPROM (Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory)
          • EEPROM (Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory)
            • Notes
            • What is needed to Code and Program?
      • Coding & Programming Equipment
        • Notes
        • Equipment and Software
          • Notes
          • DISplus (Diagnostic Information System)
          • GT1 (Group Tester 1)
          • SSS (Software Service Station)
          • Diagnostic Head
          • OPPS Head - (Optical Testing & Programming System)
          • OPS Head - (Optical Programming System)
          • Deutronic Automatic Battery Charger
            • Notes
            • Hardware Operating Conditions
          • Coding & Programming Software
        • Networks
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Bus Systems
          • Workshop LAN Network
            • Notes
            • Workshop Network
          • Network Structure
            • Notes
            • Network Connections
            • Accessing Configuration Information - DISplus/GT1 & Interface(s)
              • Notes
              • Workshop Layout
              • Workshop Layout Index
          • Workshop Network Components
          • Common Terminology
            • Network
            • Local Area Network (LAN)
            • Ethernet
            • Ethernet Cable (CAT 5)
            • RJ-45 Connectors
            • Wall Jack
            • Switched HUB
            • Network Server
            • Automatic/Online Updates
            • Access Point
            • Interface Name
            • IP Address
            • IP Subnet Mask
            • Gateway
        • Remote Coding, Individualization & Programming Terminals
          • Notes
          • Software Service Station
          • OPPS/OPS/Diagnostic Head
            • Notes
            • OPPS
            • Ops
            • Diagnostic Head
          • MOST Direct Access Port
          • Equipment Configurations
        • Procedure for Coding & Programming
      • Coding Plug
        • Notes
        • Coding Plug
          • Notes
          • Coding Plug Identification
          • Ordering Replacement Coding Plug
        • Coding Plug Overview
          • Notes
          • Coding Plug Identification - E32/E34
            • Notes
            • From 2/89 to 9/91 Production
            • 9/90 Revision
            • E32/34 as of 9/91 (1992 Model Year)
          • E36 Instrument Cluster
            • 318i/is, 325i/is and M3
            • 318ti and Z3 Roadster
            • Test No. 09
        • Federal Odometer Disclosure Requirement 92-513
      • Variant Coding
        • Notes
        • Variant Coding
          • Notes
          • Variant Code Identification Display
          • Variant Code Structure
          • Variant Code Procedure
            • Notes
            • Adopt a Variant Code
            • Manually Entering a Variant Code
      • Coding Code
        • Notes
        • Coding Code (Code Number)
          • Notes
          • Code Number Identification
          • Coding Code Procedure
            • Notes
            • Ordering Pre-Coded Modules
          • Workshop Exercise
      • Vehicle Coding Information
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Coding Information
          • Introduction
        • ZCS Structure
          • Notes
          • ZCS Stored Location In Vehicle
          • ZCS Identification/Display
            • Notes
            • Accessing Stored ZCS Information
            • Accessing ZCS Information Label
            • ZCS Codable Control Modules
          • Workshop Exercise
        • Vehicle Order
      • EPROMs & EEPROMs
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Engine Control Module EPROM Programming
          • Notes
          • M3.1 Engine Control Modules
          • M3.3 & M3.3.1 Engine Control Modules
        • Engine Control Modules Flash (EEPROM) Programming
        • Transmission EPROMS
        • Transmission Control Module Flash (EEPROM) Programming
        • When is EPROM Replacement and/or Programming Necessary?
          • Notes
          • How A Replacement EPROM Or Control Module Is Determined
            • DME/ECM EPROM
            • TCM
          • Programming Procedure
            • Notes
            • Workshop Exercise - SIB Look-up
            • Determination Process for DME EPROM
            • Automatic Determination
            • Manual Determination
      • Progman
        • Notes
        • Progman Introduction
          • Notes
          • Progman
          • Administration
          • JETstream
          • Multiconsole/Multisession
          • CIP
        • What Will Progman Do For Me?
          • Notes
          • Before Progman (CIP 15.0)
          • With Progman (CIP15.0)
        • Getting Started With Progman
        • Administration
          • Notes
          • Interfaces
            • Notes
            • Explanation of Status Indicators
            • Examples of Possible Combinations
              • Interface Name
            • Version
            • IP Address
            • External Interface
          • Overview
          • Configuration
            • Notes
            • Interface Name
            • IP Address
            • Gateway
            • IP Subnet Mask
          • Interface Update
            • Notes
            • Updating Interface after Initial Install
          • Self-Test
          • External Interface
          • Settings
            • Notes
            • Overview
            • Operating Status
            • Network
            • Installation
            • FASTA
            • Date and Time
            • Operating Times
            • User Interface
          • Workshop Exercise - Configuration Check
        • Starting a Programming or Coding Session with Progman
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting From Interface To Be Used By Progman
          • Starting A Session With Progman
            • Notes
            • Access CIP Functions For E31E32/E34/E36/E38/E39/E46/E52/E53
            • Access CIP Functions For E60/E62/E63/E64/E65/E83/E85...
          • Return To Progman "Home" Screen
          • Progman "Home" Screen Session Status
          • Going From Progman To Diagnosis On GT1
          • Going From Diagnosis To Progman On GT1
        • Shutting Down the SSS
          • Notes
          • Workshop Exercise - Access CIP & ZCS
      • Coding, Individualization & Programming (CIP)
        • Notes
        • Coding, Individualization & Programming
          • Introduction
          • Integration Levels
          • Measures Plan
          • Initial CIP Screen
          • CIP Main Selection Screen
          • Control Module Replacement Yes/No
        • CIP Functions - If No (Non MOST-Bus Vehicles with VO)
        • CIP Functions - If No (MOST-Bus Vehicles)
        • Control Module Selection - Programming - Update Software
          • Notes
          • Control Module Selection-Programming-Special Measures
          • Retrofits
        • Management
          • Notes
          • Management - Reports
          • Management - Application - Test & Version
        • Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle - Vehicle Order
          • Vehicle - Initialization
          • Vehicle - Service Function
          • Vehicle - Complete Encoding
        • CIP Functions - If Yes
        • CKM - Individualization (Vehicle & Key Memory)
        • ZCS Coding Procedure
          • Notes
          • Coding Control Modules That Store The ZCS
            • Notes
            • Manual Input of ZCS Data
          • Automatic Coding Procedure
          • Additional ZCS Coding Functions
            • Notes
            • Retrofit
            • Conversion
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Test Charts
      • Introduction
        • Notes
        • Check Engine Light
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • BMW Diagnostic Hardware
          • Notes
          • MoDiC System
          • DIS Plus
          • Group Tester One (GT-1)
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Hard & Intermittent Failures
          • OBD-II Diagnostics
          • BMW Diagnostics
          • Readiness Code
        • Retrieving & Erasing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Cross-Reference & Tables
          • Notes
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 1 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 2 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 3 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M Coupe & M Roadster) - 4 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 1 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 2 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 3 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 4 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 5 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 6 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (M5 & Z8) - 7 Of 7
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 1 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 2 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 3 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 4 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (X5) - 5 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 1 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 2 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 3 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 4 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (Z3, 323Ci, 323i, 328Ci, 328i & 528i) - 5 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 1 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 2 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 3 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 4 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (540i, 740i & 740iL) - 5 Of 5
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 1 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 2 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 3 Of 4
          • DTC Chart (750iL) - 4 Of 4
      • Test Group Identification
      • Test Group Diagnosis
        • Catalyst Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXV04.4LEV, YBMXT04.4E53 & YBMXT04.453M
          • Test Group YBMXV04.9S62
          • Test Group YBMXVO5.4LEV
        • Misfire Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXV04.4LEV & YBMXV05.4LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV04.9S62
        • Evaporative System Monitoring
          • Evaporative Emissions
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
          • Test Group YBMXTO4.4E53, YBMXTO4.453M & YBMXV04.9S62
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV, YBMXVO4.4LEV & YBMXVO5.4LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
        • Secondary Air System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXVO4.4LEV, YBMXV04.9S62 & YBMXV05.4LEV
        • Fuel System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Adaptation Values
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52 & YBMXV04.9S62
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXV04.4LEV & YBMXV05.4LEV
        • Oxygen Sensor Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Oxygen Sensor Electrical Integrity Check
          • Oxygen Sensor Heater Check
          • Siemens Post-Catalyst Heater
          • Test Group YBMXV02.8LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV03.2S52
          • Test Group YBMXT04.4E53, YBMXT04.453M, YBMXV04.4LEV & YBMXV05.4LEV
          • Test Group YBMXV04.9S62
    • Emissions - Overview
      • Emission Overview
        • Notes
        • Emissions Overview
          • What Is OBD?
          • What Happens If A Problem Is Detected?
          • What Is The Most Common Problem Detected By OBD?
            • Fuel Filler Cap
            • Misfire Detection
        • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
        • OBD History
          • Notes
          • OBD I
          • OBD II
          • Objectives Of OBD II
        • Overview of the National Low Emission Vehicle Program
          • Notes
          • OBD II Emission Compliance Chart
        • System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Permanent Monitoring
          • Cyclic Monitoring
          • Drive Cycle
        • The "Malfunction Indicator Light" ( MIL) will be illuminated under the following conditions
        • Readiness Code
          • Notes
          • Readiness Code Using DISplus/MoDIC
        • OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
        • Scan Tool Connection
          • Notes
          • 20 Pin Diagnostic Socket Deletion
            • Model And Production Date: E46 From 6/00 E39, E52, E53 From 9/00
            • Diagnostics Via OBD II Connector
        • BMW Fault Code (DISplus/MoDIC)
          • Notes
          • OBD II Fault Memory and Fault Codes
          • Emission Control Function Monitoring & Comprehensive Component Monitoring
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
      • Fuel System
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection
          • Oscilloscope Pattern
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Volume & Pressure
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Ignition Checks
        • Servicing Precautions
        • Ignition System
          • Oscilloscope Pattern Diagnostics
          • Oscilloscope Pattern Diagnostics (Various Coil Manufacturers)
          • Oscilloscope Pattern Diagnostics (Spark Plug Faults)
          • Ignition Voltage
          • Direct Ignition System (DIS)
          • Distributor Ignition System (V12)
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • DME (Digital Motor Electronics) Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
          • Ground, Power & Input/Output Circuits
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Sensors
      • Relays & Solenoids
        • Relays
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Pressure Check (Lack Of Power)
          • Fuel Pressure Check (Hard Start)
          • Fuel Pressure & Volume
        • Fuel Control
          • Fuel Injector
          • Fuel Injector Leakage
          • Fuel Injector Cleaning
      • Idle Control System
        • Idle Speed Control Valve
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Direct Ignition System
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Ignition Coil Primary Signal Check
          • Ignition Voltage Too High
          • Ignition Voltage Too Low
          • Ignition Coil Secondary Signal Check
        • Distributor Ignition System (V12)
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Fuel Tank Vent (Evaporation) Control Valve
        • Fuel Tank Leakage
          • Notes
          • 3-Series (E46)
          • 5-Series (E39) 6-Cylinder
          • 5-Series (E39) V8 (Except M5) & 7-Series (E38) V8 & V12
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Symptoms
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Engine Does Not Start (Will Not Crank)
        • Engine Cranks, But Fails To Start
        • Engine Backfires
        • Loss Of Power
        • Detonation (Engine Knock)
        • Stalls At Idle
        • Engine Runs Rough (Off Idle)
        • Rough Or Unstable Idle
        • Engine Misfires - All Conditions
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Excessive Emissions
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Intermittent Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
  • Theory and Operation
    • Emissions - Overview
      • Emission Overview
        • Notes
        • Emissions Overview
          • What Is OBD?
          • What Happens If A Problem Is Detected?
          • What Is The Most Common Problem Detected By OBD?
            • Fuel Filler Cap
            • Misfire Detection
        • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
        • OBD History
          • Notes
          • OBD I
          • OBD II
          • Objectives Of OBD II
        • Overview of the National Low Emission Vehicle Program
          • Notes
          • OBD II Emission Compliance Chart
        • System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Permanent Monitoring
          • Cyclic Monitoring
          • Drive Cycle
        • The "Malfunction Indicator Light" ( MIL) will be illuminated under the following conditions
        • Readiness Code
          • Notes
          • Readiness Code Using DISplus/MoDIC
        • OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
        • Scan Tool Connection
          • Notes
          • 20 Pin Diagnostic Socket Deletion
            • Model And Production Date: E46 From 6/00 E39, E52, E53 From 9/00
            • Diagnostics Via OBD II Connector
        • BMW Fault Code (DISplus/MoDIC)
          • Notes
          • OBD II Fault Memory and Fault Codes
          • Emission Control Function Monitoring & Comprehensive Component Monitoring
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • BMW MODIC Diagnostic Tester
          • Notes
          • BMW Diagnostic Concept
          • Start Of Diagnosis
          • Vehicle Identification
          • Fault Symptom Selection
          • Test Schedule
          • Test Information
          • Measurement System
          • Expert Mode Troubleshooting
          • Control Unit Functions
          • Basic Troubleshooting (BMW Diagnostic System)
        • MOTRONIC M5.2.1 Engine Management System
          • 7-Series V12
        • MOTRONIC Me 7.2 Engine Management System
          • X5 & 7-Series V8
          • Integral Electric Throttle System (EML) Functional Description
          • PWG Signal Monitoring & PWG Failsafe Operation
          • EDK Feedback Signal Monitoring & EDK Failsafe Operation
        • Siemens Engine Management System
          • Operation
          • Ignition System
          • Motor Driven Throttle Valve
          • MDK Emergency Operation
          • Electronic Throttle Control (EDR) S62 Engine
          • Idle Control System (ZWD 5) S62 Engine
        • Input Devices (All Systems)
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Tank Vent (Evaporation) Control
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Idle Speed Actuator
          • Ignition Timing & Anti-Knock Function
          • Ignition Timing Control
          • Kickdown Prevention
        • Input Devices (MOTRONIC)
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Sensor (PWG)
          • Brake Light Switch
          • Camshaft Position Sensors
          • Cruise Control Data Signal
          • EDK Throttle Position Feedback Signals
          • Electronic Throttle Valve (EDK) Control
          • Hot Film Air Mass Sensor
          • Integrated Ambient Barometric Pressure Sensor
          • Radiator Outlet Temp Sensor
          • DSC III - Road Speed Signal
        • Input Devices (Siemens System)
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Sensors
          • Camshaft Position Sensors
          • Catalytic Converter Temperature Monitoring
          • Crankshaft Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Hot Film Air Mass Sensor
          • Intake Air Temperature
          • Integrated Ambient Barometric Pressure Sensor
          • Knock Sensors
          • Mass Air Flow Sensor
          • Misfire Detection
          • Oil Temperature/Level Sensor
          • Oxygen Sensors
          • Power Transmission Switch
          • Throttle Progression Switch
        • Output Signals (MOTRONIC)
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Relay Control
          • "E" Box Fan Control
          • Secondary Air Injection
          • Electronic Throttle Valve (EDK) Control
          • Auxiliary Fan Control
        • Output Signals (Siemens System)
          • Notes
          • Auxiliary Fan Control
          • Electric Fan
          • "E" Box Fan Control
          • Engine/Vehicle Speed Limitation
          • Fuel Circuit Changeover
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Injector Control
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Idle Control Valve
          • Ignition Coil Triggering
          • Main Relay Control
          • Non Return Fuel Rail System
          • Oil Sump Changeover Valves
          • Oxygen Sensor Heating
          • Purge Control Valve
          • Resonance/Turbulence Intake System
          • RZV Ignition System
          • Secondary Air Injection
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Master Relay (DME Relay)
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Control
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Running Losses
          • Fuel Injection
          • Cold Start Control
          • Speed Limitation
          • Deceleration Fuel Cut-Out
          • Catalytic Converter Protection
          • Throttle Angle Influence On Injector Open Time
          • Oxygen Sensor Signal Influence On Injector Open Time
          • Post Catalytic Converter Sensor Signal
          • Oxygen Sensor Heater Relay & Heating Resistor
        • Idle Speed
          • Idle Speed Control Valve
      • Ignition Systems
        • Ignition Timing Control (Stationary & Rotary Systems)
        • Ignition Timing Control (Siemens)
        • Direct Ignition System (Dis)
          • Ignition Timing Control & Anti-Knock Function (6-Cylinder & V8)
          • Catalytic Converter Protection Function
      • Emission Systems
        • Leak Diagnosis Test Preconditions (X5)
        • Diagnosis Module - Tank Leakage (M5 & X5)
          • Notes
          • Function
          • DC Motor LDP Inactive - Normal Purge Valve Operation
        • Leakage Diagnosis Pump (LDP)
        • Evaporative Systems Monitoring (LDP System)
        • Fuel Tank
        • Fuel Tank Vent (Evaporation) Control
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Self-Diagnostic Feature
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • Resonance System
        • Idle Speed Control
        • Intake Airflow Control
        • Variable Valve Timing System (VANOS)
  • Tune-Up
    • Engine Diagnosis - Overview
      • Engine Diagnosis
        • Engine Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Compression Testing
          • Cylinder Leakage Testing
            • Notes
            • Workshop Hints on Cylinder Leakage Testing
          • Cylinder Arrangement And Firing Order
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Testing
            • Notes
            • Fuel Volume Testing
            • Residual Pressure
              • Notes
              • Fuel System - E32 with M60
              • Fuel System - E39/E46 with M54
              • Fuel System - E60
          • Engine Adaptation Values
          • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
          • Smooth Running Measurement
          • Valvetronic N62
          • N62 Engine Testing
          • MKA Adapter
          • Compression Test N62
            • Notes
            • Manual Compression Test (N62)
          • Rough Running Diagnosis (N62)
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 Contents of Engine Electrical System General
          • Working On Ignition System
          • Removing And Installing Electronic Control Units
          • Welding Work (Overload Protection Of Control Units)
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Battery
          • Disconnecting And Connecting Test Equipment
          • Component Inspection
          • External Jump-Starting Aid
            • Notes
            • Preparation
            • Carrying Out
          • Compression Testing
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before disconnecting battery:
          • General notes on disconnecting battery:
          • After connecting battery:
          • Vehicles with a two-battery system
      • Ignition wires park
        • 12 12 011 Replacing all spark plugs (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Ignition coil
        • 12 13 Notes on checking ignition system
          • Troubleshooting
            • Fault In Fuel Injection System
            • Spark-Plug Faults
            • Ignition Coil Faults
            • Further Fault Patterns With Evaluation
            • Additional Fault Notes For Troubleshooting
          • Oscillograms
            • Normal Oscillogram (M, S, W Engines Only)
            • Oscillograms of ignition coils from different manufacturers
        • 12 13 ... Checking Secondary Signal For Stationary Ignition Distribution
          • Special tools required:
          • Engine Test Step 10
        • 12 13 ... Normal oscillogram (M, S, W engines only)
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (M60, M62, S62)
          • Notes
          • Acoustic cover version 1:
          • Acoustic cover version 2:
          • Installation:
          • M60, M62:
          • M60, M62, S62:
        • 12 13 009 Checking ignition coils (secondary coil)
          • Special tools required:
          • Version with single-spark ignition coils:
          • Version with rod-type ignition coils:
          • Version with ignition coil block:
        • 12 13 511 Replacing ignition coil (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
          • E31, E38, E39:
        • 12 13 520 Replacing a spark plug connector (M60, M62, M54)
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 520 Replacing impulse sensor (M62)
          • Special tools required:
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 525 Replacing sensor for cylinder recognition (camshaft sensor) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1
          • Version 2
          • Installation:
        • 12 14 550 Replacing control unit (Digital Motor Electronics) (M52, M60, M62)
        • 12 14 610 Replacing right knock sensors (cylinder bank 1 to 4) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 611 Replacing left knock sensors (cylinder bank 5 to 8) (M60, M62)
        • 12 14 700 Coding control module (DME / DDE)
        • 12 14 705 Programming control unit (DME / DDE)
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
      • Alternator with drive
        • 12 31 ... Replacing alternator belt pulley
          • Special tools required:
        • 12 31 009 Checking alternator and regulator switch
          • Test requirements:
          • Connect DIS Tester.
          • Oscillogram for a fault-free alternator:
          • Oscillogram for a faulty alternator:
        • 12 31 020 Removing and installing/replacing alternator (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Alternator with air cooling:
          • Alternator with liquid cooling:
          • Recycling
          • Installation:
        • 12 31 400 Replacing cooling air duct for alternator (M60, M62, M73)
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 501 Replacing voltage regulator (Valeo/Bosch)
          • Notes
          • Valeo alternator:
          • Bosch alternator:
      • Starter with mounting
        • 12 41 020 Removing and installing/replacing starter (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60/M62):
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62):
          • All cars (M60/M62):
          • Installation:
        • 12 41 041 Replacing solenoid switch
      • Starter lead
        • 12 42 500 Removing and installing or replacing battery positive lead (between starter, alternator and battery positive support point) (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Cars without primary catalytic converters only (M60, M62)
          • Cars with primary catalytic converters only (M62)
          • Installation:
        • 12 42 520 Removing and installing/replacing positive battery lead (between alternator and positive battery terminal on cylinder head cover) (M60, M62)
        • 12 42 540 Replacing safety battery terminal (SBK)
          • Notes
          • Battery in engine compartment
          • Battery in luggage compartment behind side trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under floor trim panel
          • Battery in luggage compartment under spare wheel
          • Installation:
      • Engine Wiring Loom
        • 12 51 001 Replacing wiring harness section for engine (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Version 1:
          • Version 2:
          • Installation:
      • Oil pressure - oil temperature
        • 12 61 280 Removing and installing/replacing oil pressure switch (M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Switches and relays
        • 12 63 500 Replacing temperature sensor for electronics
        • 12 63 520 Replacing master relay (M51, M52, M60, M62)
          • Notes
          • Notes on troubleshooting:
      • Sensor For Control Unit
        • 12 72 520 Removing and installing / replacing pedal travel sensor (M62)
          • Notes
          • Procedure:
    • Engine Electrical System - Special Tools
      • Engine Electrical System
        • 12 1 080 Repair kit
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 170 Spark plug tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 200 Torque limiter 30 Nm
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 1 300 Adapter set for 134-pin module plug
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 12 1 305 Zero-coded cover cap for 52-pin test box (12 1300/304)
      • 12 7 060 Anti-Static Mat (ESD)
      • 12 7 110 Socket wrench socket WAF 24
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 121 Counterholder wrench
      • 12 7 122 Socket
      • 12 7 130 3/8" extension piece (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 12 7 190 Eprom tools / ID marking
      • 12 7 200 Set of tools
      • 12 7 210 Control unit seal
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires,Spark
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs E38
        • 12 12 Ignition Harness, Spark Plugs M62
      • Ignition Coil
        • 12 13 Ignition Coil E38
      • Electric Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units E38
      • Alternator with drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts E38
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Regulator E38
      • Starter and Mounting
        • 12 41 Starter Motor with Bracket, Solenoid Switch E38
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts E38
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display E38
    • ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Ignition Wires, Spark
        • 12 12 Spark Plugs
      • Electronic Switching
        • 12 14 Electronic Shift Units or Control Units
      • Alternator with Drive and Mounting
        • 12 31 Alternator with Drive and Mounting Parts
      • Regulator
        • 12 32 Governor
      • Starter and Mounting Parts
        • 12 41 Starter and Mounting Parts
      • Starter Lead
        • 12 42 Wires to starter
      • Engine wiring loom
        • 12 51 Engine wiring harness
      • Connectors Plugs
        • 12 52 Plug Connectors, Terminals
      • Oil pressure, oil temperature
        • 12 61 Oil pressure, oil temperature, oil level display
      • Coolant Temperature
        • 12 62 Coolant Temperature
      • Sensor for Control Unit
        • 12 72 Senders for Control Unit
      • Control Unit Box
        • 12 90 Control Unit Housing
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • ACURA
      • All Models
      • INTEGRA, 3.5RL & 3.2TL
        • ECM/PCM Reset Procedure
        • Final Procedure
        • Known-Good ECM/PCM Substitution
        • ECM/PCM Replacement
    • AUDI
      • All Models
      • A4 1.8L Turbo & A6
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Turbo Readiness Code
      • Pcm Coding (All Models)
    • BMW
      • All Models
      • Component Activation
      • Power Window Calibration
    • DAEWOO
    • HONDA
      • All Models
        • Notes
        • ECM/PCM Reset Procedure
        • Final Procedure
      • Accord, Cr-V, Odyssey, Prelude & S2000
        • Known-Good ECM/PCM Substitution
        • ECM/PCM Replacement
    • HYUNDAI
    • INFINITI
      • ECM Programming
    • ISUZU
      • All Models Except Hombre
      • Hombre
        • BCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Password (PASSLOCK) Reprogramming Auto Learn (30-Minute Procedure)
        • Vehicle Driveability Computer Relearn Procedure
    • Jaguar
      • Key Transponder Module (KTM) Synchronization
      • ECM Relearn Procedure
        • Except S-Type
        • S-Type
      • Power Window Calibration (XK8)
      • Radio Security Code
      • TCM DRIVEABILITY Computer Relearn Procedure
    • KIA
    • Land Rover
    • LEXUS
      • Notes
      • Ignition Key Registration (Immobilizer Equipped)
    • MAZDA
      • Immobilizer System (626)
        • Notes
        • Key Replacement Or Addition (Customer Supplied 2 Or More Valid Keys)
        • Key Replacement Or Addition (Customer Supplied Only One Or No Valid Keys)
        • Immobilizer Unit (Customer Supplied At Least One Valid Key)
        • PCM (Customer Supplied 2 Or More Valid Keys)
        • PCM (Customer Supplied Only One Valid Key)
        • Immobilizer Unit & PCM
        • Reprogram Error Recovery
        • Inputting Code Word
    • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • ECM Version Coding
        • Notes
        • Automatic Coding
        • Manual Coding
      • Enabling Code Function For Radio
        • Notes
        • Audio 10 Models (CLK, E & SLK Class)
        • Audio 30 Models (CLK, E & SLK Class)
        • Becker Radio (CL, S & SL Class)
        • Panasonic Exquisite Radio (CL, S & SL Class)
        • Radio With Navigation Control Module (CL, S & SL Class)
        • Radio With 4-Digit Fixed Code (CL, S & SL Class)
        • Radio & Radio With Navigation Control Module With 5-Digit Fixed Code (CL, S & SL Class)
        • Radio (ML Class)
      • Programming Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Control Module
    • MITSUBISHI
      • ECM
      • Radio Security Code
    • NISSAN
      • Notes
      • ECM Programming
    • PORSCHE
      • All Models
      • BOXSTER
        • Notes
        • Alarm/Drive Block Control Unit Programming
    • SAAB
    • SUBARU
    • SUZUKI
    • TOYOTA
      • Ignition Key Registration (Immobilizer Equipped)
      • Non-Immobilizer Programming (AVALON & CAMRY)
    • VOLKSWAGEN
      • All Models
      • Beetle
        • Notes
        • ECM Programming (1.9L Engine)
        • ECM Programming (2.0L Engine)
        • ECM To TCM Matching (2.0L Engine)
      • CABRIO, Golf, GTI & JETTA
        • Notes
        • ECM Programming (2.0L Engine)
        • ECM Programming (2.8L VR6 Engine)
      • PASSAT
        • Notes
        • ECM Programming (2.8L V6 Engine)
    • VOLVO
      • All Models
        • ECM Programming
        • Radio Security Code
  • Drive Cycles
    • Emissions - Overview
      • Emission Overview
        • Notes
        • Emissions Overview
          • What Is OBD?
          • What Happens If A Problem Is Detected?
          • What Is The Most Common Problem Detected By OBD?
            • Fuel Filler Cap
            • Misfire Detection
        • Engine Misfire Diagnosis
        • OBD History
          • Notes
          • OBD I
          • OBD II
          • Objectives Of OBD II
        • Overview of the National Low Emission Vehicle Program
          • Notes
          • OBD II Emission Compliance Chart
        • System Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Permanent Monitoring
          • Cyclic Monitoring
          • Drive Cycle
        • The "Malfunction Indicator Light" ( MIL) will be illuminated under the following conditions
        • Readiness Code
          • Notes
          • Readiness Code Using DISplus/MoDIC
        • OBD II Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
        • Scan Tool Connection
          • Notes
          • 20 Pin Diagnostic Socket Deletion
            • Model And Production Date: E46 From 6/00 E39, E52, E53 From 9/00
            • Diagnostics Via OBD II Connector
        • BMW Fault Code (DISplus/MoDIC)
          • Notes
          • OBD II Fault Memory and Fault Codes
          • Emission Control Function Monitoring & Comprehensive Component Monitoring
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Drive Cycle
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • DTC Index (Engine)
      • Self-Diagnostics DTCS
    • DTC Index (Transmission)
      • Self-Diagnostics (Transmission) DTCS
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3, 318i & 318ti (1/96-8/96)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3, 318i & 318ti (9/96-8/97)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3 (10/97-8/98), 318i (9/97-6/98) & 318ti (9/97-6/98)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 318ti (9/98-12/98)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder : M52 - 2.8L (11/95-8/96)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (3-Series - 9/96-8/97) & 5-Series (3/96-8/97)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (M3 - 4/96-8/97)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (9/97-8/98)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (323i, 328i & 528i - 9/98-5/99)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (M COUPE, M ROADSTER, M3, Z3, 328is, 528i - 9/98-5/99)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (Z3 - 6/99-5/00)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (323i, 328i & 528i - 6/99-8/00)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (4/00-9/01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission (9/01-8/02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm Transmission (9/01-8/02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Transmission (9/02-2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm5 Transmission (9/02-2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission (3/03-2003)
        • DTC Index (Transmission)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 (5-Speed) - AWD Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 (6-Speed) - AWD Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Non-AWD Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm5 - AWD (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission (2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8: Transmission (1/96-8/97)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/97-8/00)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/00-8/01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/01-8/02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (5-Speed - 9/02-2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8: Transmission (SMG - 2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 & V12 Transmission (6-Speed - 2003)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 & V12 Transmission (6-Speed - 2004)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1996)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1997)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1998-2000)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (2001)
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • BMW Model & Engine Identification
      • Model Identification
        • Model Year Index
        • 1984
        • 1985
        • 1986
        • 1987
        • 1988
        • 1989
        • 1990
        • 1991
        • 1992
        • 1993
        • 1994
        • 1995
        • 1996
        • 1997
        • 1998
        • 1999
        • 2000
        • 2001
        • 2002
        • 2003
        • 2004
        • 2005
        • 2006
        • 2007
        • 2008
        • 2009
        • 2010
        • 2011
        • 2012
        • 2013
        • 2014
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • General Information - Special Tools - E38
      • 00 0 010 Special Tool Board I Complete
      • 00 0 020 Special Tool Board II Complete
      • 00 0 030 Special tool board III complete
      • 00 0 040 Special tool board IV complete
      • 00 0 050 Caption board: "SPECIAL TOOLS"
      • 00 0 051 Film sheet, German
      • 00 0 052 Film sheet, English
      • 00 0 053 Film sheet, French
      • 00 0 054 Film sheet, Dutch
      • 00 0 055 Film sheet, Italian
      • 00 0 056 Film sheet, Spanish
      • 00 0 060 Special tool board V complete
      • 00 0 070 Special tool cabinet, length 6 m
      • 00 0 080 Folding index
      • 00 0 120 Cardboard box (set) for cable cabinet
      • 00 0 130 Special tool board VI complete
      • 00 0 150 Special tool cabinet
      • 00 0 170 Parts cabinet
      • 00 0 180 Cable cabinet II, complete
      • 00 0 190 Cable cabinet I, complete
      • 00 0 200 Cross member
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 0 210 Conversion kit
      • 00 0 220 Special tool cabinet, length 2 m
      • 00 0 230 Holders and rollers
      • 00 0 240 Small moving special tool board without films
      • 00 0 250 Shelf
      • 00 0 260 Drawer block
      • 00 0 270 Rear panel (2 pcs.)
      • 00 0 280 Film sheet and hook sets from special tool board VII
      • 00 0 334 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 335 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 336 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 337 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 338 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 339 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 341 Supplementary film / hook set
      • 00 0 342 Supplementary film and hook set
      • 00 0 343 Film and hook set
      • 00 0 344 Film and hook set
      • 00 0 450 Cross-member / sub-no.
      • 00 1 000 Special tool cabinet, length 6 m, complete current range of equipment.
      • 00 1 010 Special tool cabinet, length 4 m and 2 m, complete current range of equipment.
      • 00 1 140 E87 film and hook set
      • 00 1 150 N 52 film and hook set
      • 00 1 300 Tool cabinet, USA version, complete
      • 00 1 310 Tool boards, complete, USA version
      • 00 1 320 Film set, complete, USA version
      • 00 1 340 Hook set, complete, for 00 1 300, USA version
      • 00 1 450 Assembly stand
      • 00 1 460 Engine support plates
      • 00 2 010 Skid-resistance tester
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 2 020 Mobile mounting aid
      • 00 2 030 Universal hydro-lifter basic unit
      • 00 2 040 Basic take-up fixture
      • 00 2 050 Torque wrench, adjustable from 1 to 36 Nm
      • 00 2 060 Adapter
      • 00 2 080 Hand pump
      • 00 2 100 Torx socket T20, T25, T27
      • 00 2 130 Torx socket T25
      • 00 2 140 Torx socket T20 with hole
      • 00 2 190 Socket WAF 11
      • 00 2 210 Exhaust pipe cutter
      • 00 2 220 Wrench sockets 11/10 A/F
      • 00 2 250 Special pliers for cable reconditioning
      • 00 2 400 Set of measuring tools
      • 00 2 480 Measurement stand with clamp
      • 00 2 490 Adapter for dial gauge holder
      • 00 2 500 Dial gauge holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 2 510 Dial gauge with feeler
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 2 520 Torx sockets E10, E12, E14
      • 00 2 550 Depth gauge
      • 00 2 590 Plastigage (5)
      • 00 3 520 Valve seat turning tool in case (Hunger)
      • 00 3 580 Set of valve seat milling cutters in case (Neway)
      • 00 4 210 Seat of reamers with guide cones 6, 7 and 8 mm
      • 00 4 420 Charger
      • 00 5 010 Universal puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 5 030 Special pliers for seat belt limiter
      • 00 5 040 Riveting tool
      • 00 5 500 Handle for drifts
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 7 500 Universal puller Kukko 17/K
      • 00 8 000 Hydraulic puller tool
      • 00 8 500 Universal puller Kukko 204-2
      • 00 8 550 Universal puller Kukko 21/5, 22-2
      • 00 8 600 Hook set
      • 00 8 660 Magnet
      • 00 8 690 Washers and screws
      • 00 9 100 Spanner
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 110 Circlip pliers
      • 00 9 120 Torque angle measuring dial
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 150 Lead sealing pliers
      • 00 9 160 Crow-foot wrench WAF 19
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 200 Setting tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 220 Bending lever (2 x)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 230 Setting gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 280 Support bracket
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 290 Riveting tool
      • 00 9 300 Disassembly aid (4)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 310 Assembly wedges (13)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 340 Disassembly aid (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 00 9 410 Paint test kit
      • 00 9 430 Noise sensor
      • 00 9 480 File with operating instructions
    • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • * Please Read This First *
      • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • Application
        • Notes
        • Introduction/Engine/VIN Id
      • Emission Applications
        • Notes
        • Emission Application Tables
      • Specifications
        • Notes
        • Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Adjustment
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Adjustments
      • Theory & Operation
      • Testing & Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Basic Diagnostic Procedures/Basic Testing
        • Self-Diagnostics/Tests W/Codes
        • Trouble Shooting - No Codes/Tests W/O Codes
        • System & Component Testing
      • Pin Voltage Charts
      • Sensor Range Charts
        • Notes
        • Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Removal, Overhaul & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams - Engine Performance
        • Notes
        • 2002 & Earlier
        • 2003 & Later
    • MAINTENANCE AND GENERAL INFORMATION - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Lifting vehicle with a lifting platform
      • Notes on Using Repair Instructions, Technical Data, Tightening Torques
      • Raising vehicle with trolley jack (vehicle equipped with jacking point)
      • Battery: check acid level, top up with distilled water if necessary. If necessary, recharge battery.
        • Notes
        • Check acid level, top up with distilled water if necessary.
      • Body and underbody: checking for corrosion and damage
      • Body and underbody: checking for corrosion and damage - except cavities
      • Brake and clutch hydraulic system: checking fluid level, topping up if necessary
      • Brake hydraulics: checking fluid level, topping up if necessary
      • Brake lines and connections: visual inspection for leaks, damage and correct position
        • Check brake lines and connections
      • Changing brake fluid
      • Changing coolant
      • Changing differential oil
      • Changing engine oil and oil filter
      • Checking clutch drive plate for wear
      • Checking coolant level In event of topping up: checking concentration
      • Checking handbrake lever travel, adjusting according to setting specifications if necessary
        • Checking parking brake
      • Checking horn, headlight flashers and hazard warning system
        • Horn
        • Headlight flasher
        • Hazard warning system
      • Checking instrument and indication field lighting
        • Instrument lighting
        • Indication field lighting
      • Checking instrument and indication field lighting, heater blower
        • Instrument lighting
        • Indication field lighting
        • Heater
      • Checking lighting system
        • Exterior lights
        • Engine compartment/luggage compartment lights
        • Interior lights
      • Checking road worthiness
      • Checking steering for zero play Steering tie rods and axle joints, steering gear, sleeves, flexible disk: checking condition
      • Coolant hoses: visual inspection for leaks. Checking coolant level and concentration, topping up if necessary
      • Diagnostic brief test
      • Engine oil service
      • Exhaust system: checking condition, suspension, for leaks
        • Condition
        • Routing
        • Mounting
        • Leaks
      • Fault memory interrogation
      • Front and (if necessary) rear disk brake linings: remove and install, check total thickness. Clean brake shafts. If necessary, replace linings. Brake disks: Check surface and thickness. Grease wheel centering mount on alloy wheels
      • Front and rear brake linings: checking lining thickness with measuring gauge. If linings are replaced: cleaning brake shafts, checking brake disk thickness and surface, applying grease to wheel centering on alloy wheels. If rear linings are replaced: checking parking brake linings
        • Notes
        • Additional tasks when changing rear linings
      • Fuel lines, hoses and tank(s): visual inspection for routing, condition and leaks
      • (Heating/air conditioning: replacing microfilter/carbon canister (shorten replacement interval accordingly in event of larger buildup of dust))
      • (Heating/air conditioning: replacing recirculated air cleaner)
      • Information/warning labels
      • Intake muffler: replacing air cleaner element (shorten replacement interval accordingly in event of larger buildup of dust)
      • Locking systems: checking status and function, oiling or greasing if necessary
      • Output shafts: checking gaiters for leaks
      • Parking brake: checking function, adjusting/repairing as prescribed
      • Parking brake: checking lining thickness
      • Positioning of multitrailer hood for maintenance and repair work
      • Power steering/ride-height control: visual inspection for leaks and fluid level, topping up fluid if necessary
        • Visual inspection and leak test
        • Checking fluid level
      • Raising BMW multi-trailer
        • Notes
        • General notes on using twin-pillar lifting platforms
        • Becker & SoUhne twin-strut underfloor platform
        • MAHA twin-pillar lifting platform
        • Romaico-Lift twin-pillar lifting platform
        • Working pit
      • Replacing spark plugs
      • Resetting service interval indicator according to factory specifications
        • Special tools required:
        • Resetting oil service
        • Reset service
      • Seat belts: checking condition of belt strap, function of inertia reel mechanism, locking reel, belt buckle
        • Belt strap, retractor mechanism, belt intelock
        • Belt buckle
      • Steering components: checking for zero clearance, leaks, damage and wear
        • Checking for zero clearance:
        • Checking for leaks:
        • Checking for damage and wear:
      • Steering fluid reservoir: checking fluid level, topping up if necessary
      • Tires: checking inflation pressure, correcting if necessary (incl. spare wheel), checking external condition, tread depth, pattern. In event of nonuniform wear, carry out measurement and correction of wheel alignment
        • Notes
        • Checking tire condition:
      • Transmission (all gears): visually inspect for leaks.
      • Underfloor incl. all visible components: checking for damage, leaks, corrosion
      • Upkeep measures for stored vehicles (new and used cars) and vehicles to be laid up at customer's premises
      • Windshield wash/wipe system: checking wiper reservoir and spray nozzle adjustment
      • Windshield washer system and intensive cleaning system: checking fluid level, topping up if necessary
      • 00 00 249 BMW engine oil service (M60/M62/M73)
        • Notes
        • Installation:
      • 00 11 239 Oil change in automatic transmission (A5S 310Z)
        • Notes
        • Installation:
      • 00 11 259 Replenishing/changing rear differential oil
        • Notes
        • Replenishing rear differential oil:
        • Changing rear differential oil:
      • 00 11 500 Checking oil level in automatic transmission and topping up if necessary (A5S 560Z)
      • 00 11 500 Checking/topping up fluid level in automatic transmission (A5S 440Z)
      • 00 11 500 Checking/topping up oil level in automatic transmission (A5S 310Z)
    • MAINTENANCE AND GENERAL INFORMATION - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • 00 00 Maintenance and general information
        • 00 00 Excerpt from company standard BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M10 and M10 x 1 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M12 and M12x1.5 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M14 and M 14x1.5 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M16 and M16x1.5 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M18 and M18x1.5 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M4 and M5 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M6 and M7 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
        • 00 00 M8 and M8 x 1 - maximum tightening torques acc. to BMW GS 90003-2
    • Operating Fluids - Maintenance & General Information
      • 1.0 Introduction
      • 2.0 Corrosion Protection For Vehicle In Long-term Storage
        • Notes
        • Pre-Delivery Cars
        • Exterior Finish
      • 3.0 Conversion Table
      • 4.0 Alternate Universal Lubricants And Workshop Supplies
      • 5.0 Approved Operating Fluids Sources
    • Technical Training - System Diagnosis - Solar Sensor
      • Solar Sensor
        • IHKA Systems - Solar Sensor
        • Purpose Of The System:
        • Introduction
          • Solar Radiation
          • Solar Sensor
        • Components Of The System:
          • Notes
          • DWA LED Dismantled; Housing And PC-Board With LED And Solar Sensor Housing
        • System Operation
        • Control Curves Operation
          • Blower Intervention
            • Notes
            • Blower Power Curves
          • Stratification (Temperature Intervention) E38 only
          • Ventilation Intervention (Center Vent Air Distribution)
        • Diagnosis
        • Removal Hints
          • E38 vehicles
          • E46 vehicles
    • Vehicle Features - Overview - E38, E39 & E53
      • Vehicle Features
        • Notes
        • Park Distance Control
          • Introduction
          • Components
            • Notes
            • PDC Control Module
            • PDC Switch
          • Ultra-Sonic Sensors
            • Notes
            • Transmitting Mode
            • Receiving Mode
          • System Operation
          • Diagnosis
        • Cruise Control
          • Introduction
          • Components
            • Notes
            • Main Switch
            • Cruise Control Switches
          • Multi-Function Steering Wheel
            • Notes
            • Cruise Control Module
            • Cruise Control Actuator (V-8 95-98)
            • Electronic Throttle Control
          • Cruise Control Operation
            • Early Models (Pre-97)
            • Vehicle With Electronic Throttle Control
            • Cruise Control Switch Operation
            • Cruise Control Module
          • Plausibility/Safety Features
          • Diagnosis/Coding
            • Notes
            • EML IPO (M73/M73TU)
        • BMW Universal Transmitter
          • Notes
          • Programming
            • Notes
            • Rolling Code UGDO
            • Procedure
        • Heated Steering Wheel
          • Notes
          • Operation
            • Notes
            • Heated Steering Wheel Schematic
  • Reset Procedures
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • CBS Reset With Diagnosis System
          • CBS Reset In The Car
          • CBS Reset Of Inspections/Tests Required By Law
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Description
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting Service Interval Indicator
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Resetting TPM With iDrive
          • Resetting TPM Without iDrive
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
          • With iDrive
            • Indirect System (Flat Tire Monitor)
            • Direct System (Tire Pressure Monitor)
          • Without iDrive
            • Indirect System (Flat Tire Monitor)
            • Direct System (Tire Pressure Monitor)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Model Coverage
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Display
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System Activation
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Air Bag/SRS Component Inspection & Replacement Tables - EUROPEAN
      • ALFA Romeo (1991-95)
      • AUDI (1989-04)
      • BMW (1986-04)
      • Jaguar (1990-04)
      • Land Rover (1995-04)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ (1986-04)
      • Mini (2002-04)
      • PORSCHE (1987-04)
      • SAAB (1989-04)
      • VOLKSWAGEN (1990-04)
      • VOLVO (1987-04)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • A/C Refrigerant Oil & Refrigerant Specifications
      • A/C Refrigerant Oil & Refrigerant Specifications
    • Air Conditioning Compressor Servicing
      • CALSONIC
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Ford FS-10
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shaft Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • HALLA HS-15 & HALLA HS-18
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • HARRISON (DELPHI Thermal) Hd6/Ht6 6-Cylinder
        • Clutch Coil & Bearing Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • HARRISON (DELPHI Thermal) V7 7-Cylinder
        • Clutch Coil & Bearing Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shaft Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • KEIHIN Scroll
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • NIPPONDENSO (DENSO)
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal (Acura, Honda & Isuzu)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Mazda Miata)
          • Removal (Mercedes-Benz & Mitsubishi)
          • Removal (Suzuki)
          • Removal (All Others)
        • Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal (Mitsubishi)
          • Installation
      • PANASONIC Rotary Vane
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal (Mazda)
          • Installation
        • Thermal Protector
          • Removal (Mazda)
          • Installation
      • SANDEN Scroll
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil & Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal (Mitsubishi)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Honda)
          • Removal (Mazda)
      • SANDEN 7-Cylinder
        • Clutch Coil & Bearing
          • Removal (Jaguar)
          • Installation
        • Shaft Seal
          • Removal (Jaguar)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Suzuki)
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal (Suzuki)
          • Installation
      • SEIKO-SEIKI Rotary Vane
        • Clutch Coil
          • Removal (Suzuki)
          • Installation
        • Shaft Seal
          • Removal (Suzuki)
          • Installation
      • ZEXEL Rotary Vane
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil & Bearing
          • Removal (Honda, Isuzu & Kia)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Nissan)
      • ZEXEL 6-Cylinder
        • Notes
        • Clutch Coil & Bearing
          • Removal (Audi)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Volvo)
    • Air Conditioning System Compressor Applications
      • Air Conditioning System Compressor Applications
    • Air Conditioning System Compressor Refrigerant Oil Checking
      • Refrigerant Oil
      • Servicing Precautions
        • Discharging System
        • Disconnecting Lines & Fittings
        • Connecting Lines & Fittings
        • Placing System In Operation
      • CALSONIC
        • V6
          • Infiniti & Nissan
      • Ford & HALLA
        • Ford FS-10 10-Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Mazda (B2300, B2500, B3000 & B4000 & Tribute)
          • Nissan (Quest)
        • HALLA HS-15 & HALLA HS-18
          • Notes
          • Hyundai & Kia (Optima & Magentis (Canadian))
      • HARRISON (DELPHI Thermal)
        • Hd6/Ht6 & Ht6/Hp6 6-Cylinder
          • Isuzu (Hombre 4.3L & Trooper)
        • V7 7-Cylinder
          • Isuzu (Hombre 2.2L)
      • KEIHIN
        • Scroll
          • Honda
      • NIPPONDENSO (DENSO)
        • Rotary Vane
          • Mazda
        • Scroll, 6-CYL., 7-CYL. Or 10-CYL.
          • Acura & Honda
          • Audi
          • Jaguar
          • Land Rover
          • Lexus
          • Mazda (MPV)
          • Mercedes-Benz
          • Mitsubishi
          • Saab
          • Suzuki
          • Toyota
      • PANASONIC
        • Rotary Vane
          • Mazda (Millenia & Protege)
      • SANDEN
        • Notes
        • Scroll
          • Honda (Civic)
          • Mazda (626)
          • Mitsubishi
          • Saab
        • 7-Cylinder
          • Suzuki
      • SEIKO-SEIKI
        • Rotary Vane
          • Suzuki
      • ZEXEL
        • Rotary Vane
          • Honda (Passport) & Isuzu (Amigo, Rodeo & Vehi-CROSS)
          • Infiniti (G20) & Nissan
          • Subaru (Legacy)
        • 6-Cylinder
          • Audi
          • Volvo
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • UNDERHOOD - MICROFILTER
          • Passenger Compartment - Recirculated Air Filter
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-12 & R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
          • Other Means Of Identification
        • Refrigerant Oils
          • Notes
          • Acura
          • Audi
          • Honda
          • Hyundai
          • Infiniti & Nissan
          • Isuzu
          • Jaguar
          • Kia
          • Land Rover
          • Lexus & Toyota
          • Mazda
          • Mercedes-Benz
          • Mitsubishi
          • Saab
          • Subaru
          • Suzuki
          • Volkswagen
          • Volvo
        • Service Equipment
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Climate Control Inputs
      • CLIMATE CONTROL Inputs
        • Power And Ground Inputs
        • Starting Input
        • Distribution/Air Delivery Selection
        • Temperature Selection
        • Blower Control
        • Stratified Air
        • Temperature Sensor Monitoring
        • AUTOMATIC RECIRCULATED AIR (AUC if equipped)
        • COMPRESSOR SHUT OFF SIGNAL (if applicable)
        • REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR (if applicable)
      • CLIMATE CONTROL Outputs
        • Water Valves
        • Auxiliary Coolant Pump
        • Blower Speed Signal
        • Stepper Motor Control
        • Compressor Control
        • Auxiliary Fan Control
        • Rear Window Defroster
        • Windshield Base/Washer Spray Jet Heaters
        • Parked Car Ventilation
        • IHKA/ECM Interfaces
    • Climate Control Operation - Overview
      • Understanding Climate Control System
        • Introduction
        • Inputs, Processing, Outputs
        • Temperature Sensor Monitoring
        • The "Y-Factor"
        • Stepper Motor Operation
          • Notes
          • "Conventional" Stepper Motor
          • "Smart" Stepper Motors
        • Stepper Motor Locations
        • Calibration Run
    • Heating And Air Conditioning - Repair
      • Heater With Operation
        • 64 11 ... Installing servodrive
        • 64 11 205 Removing and installing or replacing heater
        • 64 11 207 Replacing heater core (air conditioner control)
        • 64 11 208 Replacing heater core (air conditioner control)
        • 64 11 212 Removing and installing or replacing fan for heater and air conditioner (air conditioner control)
        • 64 11 213 Removing and installing or replacing blower for heater and air conditioner (automatic air conditioner)
        • 64 11 231 Removing and installing or replacing switch for blower on air conditioner
        • 64 11 260 Removing and installing / replacing auxiliary water pump
        • 64 11 271 Replacing water valve for heater
          • Notes
          • M67 Only:
          • M60, M62 Only:
          • Water Valve (Duo) With Auxiliary Water Pump:
          • Water Valve (Duo) Without Auxiliary Water Pump:
          • All:
        • 64 11 320 Replacing front plate (air conditioner control)
        • 64 11 321 Replacing front plate (air conditioner controls)
        • 64 11 324 Removing and installing or replacing pushbutton caps from heater controls (air conditioner)
        • 64 11 327 Replacing baseplate for heater controls
        • 64 11 730 Removing and installing or replacing regulator for heater blower
        • 64 11 750 Removing and installing heater control
        • 64 11 772 Removing and installing / replacing the rear fan completely
        • 64 11 773 Removing and installing / replacing the rear fan
        • 64 11 794 Removing and installing / replacing the controller for the rear fan
        • 64 11 796 Removing and installing the heater. actuater for the rear fan completely
        • 64 11 797 Replacing the heater actuater for the rear fan
      • Auxiliary Heater With Control Elements
        • 64 12 . . . Bleeding independent heating (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 005 Checking function of independent heating (Thermo Top S)
          • Carry Out Function Check As Described In DIS
        • 64 12 015 Removing and installing complete heater (Thermo Top Z/C)
        • 64 12 016 Replacing complete heater (Thermo Top Z/C)
        • 64 12 500 Removing and installing / replacing complete heater (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 505 Removing and installing / replacing glow element (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 510 Removing and installing / replacing flame detector (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 520 Removing and installing / replacing control unit with heat exchanger (Thermo Top S)
          • Remove Combustion Air Blower Unit
        • 64 12 530 Removing and installing / replacing combustion air blower (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 535 Removing and installing / replacing burner insert (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 540 Removing and installing / replacing circulation pump (Thermo Top S)
        • 64 12 590 Removing and installing or replacing muffler
          • Notes
          • Thermo Top S:
          • Thermo Top Z/C:
        • 64 12 600 Removing and installing or replacing fuel pump
        • 64 12 650 Removing and installing / replacing receiver/Telestart of independent heating
          • Notes
          • Installation Instructions:
          • Initialization
        • 64 99 ... Overview of defects for independent heating Thermo Top S
      • Nozzle And Outlets
        • 64 22 135 Removing and installing / replacing left fresh-air grille
        • 64 22 136 Removing and installing / replacing right fresh-air grille
        • 64 22 161 Removing and installing / replacing center fresh-air grille (air conditioner control)
        • 64 22 161 Removing and installing / replacing center fresh-air grille (climate control)
        • 64 22 190 Removing and installing / replacing freshair grille in rear of car
      • Microfilter
        • 64 31 01 Replacing microfilter for interior ventilation
        • 64 31 015 Replacing filter inserts for recirculating air
        • 64 31 050 Removing and installing or replacing fresh air duct
      • Air Conditioning System
        • 64 50 ... Air conditioner test (R-134a)
          • Before A/C Efficiency Test, Satisfy Following Conditions:
          • A/C Efficiency Test:
        • 64 50 ... Leak-testing with leak tester device
        • 64 50 ... Safety instructions for handling refrigerant R-134a
        • 64 50 ... Safety precautions when handling refrigerant oil (for refrigerant R-134a)
        • 64 50 ... Troubleshooting by pressure measurement (R-134a)
        • 64 50 009 Drawing off, evacuating and filling A/C system (R-134a)
      • AC Housing Evaporator
        • 64 51 520 Removing and installing / replacing expansion valve (air conditioner control)
        • 64 51 522 Removing and installing / replacing expansion valve (air-conditioning)
        • 64 51 524 Removing and installing / replacing expansion valve (automatic air conditioner)
        • 64 51 590 Removing and installing / replacing evaporator (air conditioner control)
      • Compressor
        • 64 52 ... Instructions for compressor replacement
        • 64 52 520 Removing and installing/replacing complete A/C compressor
          • Notes
          • M60, M62 only:
          • All:
            • Notes
            • Compressor Mounting With 4 Screws:
            • Compressor mounting with 3 screws:
      • Condenser And Dryer
        • 17 11 530 Removing and installing cassette (condenser for air conditioner)
        • 64 53 ... Notes on replacing drier bottle or drier insert
        • 64 53 510 Removing and installing / replacing drier flask for air conditioner
        • 64 53 550 Removing and installing or replacing condenser for air conditioner
      • Troubleshooting
        • 64 99 ... Fault 01 Combustion air blower
          • Test Precondition:
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 02 Flame detector
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 03 Glow plug
          • Test Precondition:
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 04 Circulation pump
          • Test Precondition:
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 05 Temperature sensor
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 06 Park heating metering pump
          • Test Precondition:
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 07 Overheating protection
          • Test Precondition:
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 08 Burner insert
          • Instruction:
          • Specified Value:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 1.1 Combustion air blower
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 4.1 Circulation pump
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 6.1
          • Instruction:
          • Specified Value:
        • 64 99 ... Fault 6.2
          • Instruction:
        • 64 99 ... Overview of defects for independent heating Thermo Top S
        • 64 99 ... Reading out flashcode
          • Test precondition:
          • Instruction:
          • Flashcode Evaluation
    • Heating And Air Conditioning - Technical Data
      • Air Conditioning System
        • 64 50 A/C system, refrigerant amounts E38
        • 64 50 A/C system, refrigerant amounts E46
      • AC housing - evaporator
        • 64 51 Air Conditioner (evaporator), Shift Elements
        • 64 51 Air Conditioner (expansion valve), Shift Elements
      • Compressor
        • 64 53 Compressor E38
      • Condenser and dryer
        • 64 53 Compressor E38
    • Heating And Air Conditioning - Tightening Torques
      • Auxiliary Heater
        • 64 12 Additional Heater with Controls
      • AC Housing-Evaporator
        • 64 51 Air Conditioner (Evaporator) Control Units
      • Compressor
        • 64 52 A/C compressor
      • Condenser and Drier with Pipes
        • 64 53 Condenser and Drier with Pipes
    • HVAC - Special Tools
      • Heating and air Conditioning
        • 64 1 020 Release hook
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 64 1 230 Adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 64 1 251 Spray lance, RHD vehicles
      • 64 1 252 Guide
      • 64 1 491 Spray lance (LHD vehicles)
      • 64 1 492 Guide for spray lance (LHD vehicles)
      • 64 5 000 Puller
      • 64 5 010 Puller
      • 64 5 020 Holder
      • 64 5 030 Puller
      • 64 5 040 Installation sleeve
      • 64 5 060 Installation drift
      • 64 5 100 Set of sealing adapters
    • IHKA Climate Control - Overview - 7-Series (E38)
      • IHKA E38 Climate Control System
        • Introduction
        • IHKA E38
          • Notes
          • IHKA E38 Control Panel/Module (Up To 5/96 Production)
          • Changes To 7-Series (E38) IHKA Control Panel:
          • IHKA E38 Control Panel/Module Functions
          • Substitute Value Operation
          • IHKA E38 Housing Assembly
          • IHKA E38 Temperature Sensing
          • IHKA E38 IPO
          • IHKA E38 Air Intake
          • IHKA E38 Blower Control
          • IHKA E38 Air Distribution
          • IHKA E38 Temperature Regulation
          • IHKA E38 Temperature Mixing
          • IHKA E38 Compressor Control
            • Notes
            • A/C Compressor Control (5/97 And Later 740, 9/97 And Later 750)
            • Signal Korel
            • AC Compressor Control '99 Model Year
          • IHKA E38 Auxiliary Fan Control (Up To 96 MY)
            • Notes
            • Auxiliary Fan Control
            • Auxiliary Fan Control ('99 Model Year - E38)
          • IHKA E38 Rear Window Defroster
            • Notes
            • E38 Windshield Base/Washer Spray Jet Heaters
          • IHKA E38 Parked Car Ventilation
          • Special Functions
            • Notes
            • Cold Start Arrest
            • Service-Station Feature
            • "Rest" Feature
            • Remote Recirculated Air
            • Automatic Recirculated Air (AUC)
        • IHKA Personalization - E38
        • Diagnosis
    • Operating Fluids - Air Conditioning And Heating
      • 1.0 Air Conditioner Refrigerant
        • Freon(R)
        • Safety Warning
        • HFC-134a
      • 2.0 Refrigeration Oil
        • Oil Used in Freon(R)-Charged Systems
        • Oil Used in R-134a-Charged Systems:
      • 3.0 Air Conditioning Unit Disinfectants
      • 4.0 Air Conditioner Refrigeration/Oil Fill Capacities
        • Notes
        • Refrigerant, Special Features, Production Range, Fill Capacity g (lbs), Fill Capacity ml (oz), BMW P/N
    • Solar Sensors - Overview
      • Understanding solar Sensors
        • Purpose Of The System
        • Solar Radiation
          • Notes
          • Solar Sensor
        • Components of the System:
          • Notes
          • DWA LED Dismantled; Housing And PC-Board With LED And Solar Sensor Housing
        • System Operation
        • Control Curves Operation
          • Blower Intervention
          • Blower Power Curves
          • Stratification (Temperature Intervention) E38 Only
          • Ventilation Intervention (Center Vent Air Distribution)
        • Diagnosis
        • Removal Hints
          • E38 Vehicles
          • E46 Vehicles
• Maintenance
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Brake Pad Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • CBS Reset With Diagnosis System
        • CBS Reset In The Car
        • CBS Reset Of Inspections/Tests Required By Law
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Description
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Resetting Service Interval Indicator
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Resetting TPM With iDrive
        • Resetting TPM Without iDrive
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • With iDrive
          • Indirect System (Flat Tire Monitor)
          • Direct System (Tire Pressure Monitor)
        • Without iDrive
          • Indirect System (Flat Tire Monitor)
          • Direct System (Tire Pressure Monitor)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag - Trouble Codes
      • Identification
      • SRS Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables
        • SRS 1
        • SRS 2
        • MRS
        • MRS2
        • MRS3
        • BAE & ZAE
        • ZAE2
        • 5WK4 060
        • MRS4
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • SRS Activation
        • Contact Ring
        • Driver-Side Air Bag Module
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Module
        • Side Air Bag Module
        • Side Impact Head Protection System (HPS)
        • Emergency TENSIONING Retractor (ETR) In Seat Belt
        • Energy Capacitor
        • Seat Belt Contacts
        • Seat Occupancy Module (SBE)
        • Seat Occupancy Sensor Pad
        • SRS Control Unit (SRS Diagnostic Unit)
        • Air Bag Warning Light
        • Voltage Transformer
        • Wiring Harness
      • Component Locations
      • Servicing
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Contact Ring
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
        • Activating System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • Deployed Air Bag Module & ETR Unit
        • On-Vehicle Deployment (Scrapped Vehicles Only)
          • Notes
          • All AIR Bags & Seat Belt Pretensioners
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag-Faulty Unit
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Contact Ring
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Driver-Side Air Bag Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Emergency TENSIONING Retractor (ETR) Seat Belt
          • Removal & Installation
        • Energy Capacitor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Belt Contacts
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Head Protection System (HPS)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • SRS Control Unit
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnosis
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Air Bag/SRS Component Inspection & Replacement Tables - EUROPEAN
      • ALFA Romeo (1991-95)
      • AUDI (1989-04)
      • BMW (1986-04)
      • Jaguar (1990-04)
      • Land Rover (1995-04)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ (1986-04)
      • Mini (2002-04)
      • PORSCHE (1987-04)
      • SAAB (1989-04)
      • VOLKSWAGEN (1990-04)
      • VOLVO (1987-04)
    • AIRBAG TRIGGERING DEVICES - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Airbag Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 Airbag triggering control
    • AUDIO, NAVIGATION, ANTI-THEFT AND RESTRAINTS - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Mono Radio
        • 65 11 030 Removing and installing / replacing radio receiver
        • 65 11 055 Removing and installing/replacing radio receiver (with board monitor)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 11 070 Removing and installing/replacing CD changer
      • Stereo Radio Amplifier
        • 65 12 000 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers
        • 65 12 020 Removing and installing or replacing rear loudspeakers (rear shelf)
        • 65 12 040 Removing and installing / replacing operating unit for Top hifi system
        • 65 12 070 Removing and installing/replacing amplifier (HiFi system)
      • Speaker And Cover
        • 65 13 050 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (high-range)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 65 13 070 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (mid-range)
        • 65 13 071 Removing and installing or replacing loudspeakers (rear shelf)
      • Aerial - Antenna
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
      • Rear Window Arial - Antenna
        • 65 24 010 Removing and installing or replacing antenna amplifier
        • 65 24 020 Removing and installing or replacing wavetrap
      • Videos and TV Set
        • 65 50 510 Removing and installing/replacing video module for on-board monitor (saloon)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Video Monitor
        • 65 52 013 Removing and installing complete on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 023 Replacing panel for on-board monitor (control panel, widescreen)
        • 65 52 043 Removing and installing/replacing housing with drive for on-board monitor (widescreen)
        • 65 52 510 Removing and installing on-board monitor
        • 65 52 520 Replacing trim panel for on-board monitor (control panel)
        • 65 52 530 Removing and installing/replacing LC display for on-board monitor
      • Anti theft Alarm System
        • 65 75 570 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for radio interior protection
      • Air Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 016 Removing and installing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 518 Replacing airbag control unit
        • 65 77 550 Removing and installing/replacing collision sensor for left or right side airbag
      • On Board Computer
        • 65 81 010 Removing and installing or replacing Multi-Information-Display (MID)
      • Navigation System
        • 65 90 ... Notes on handling navigation computers
          • All model series:
        • 65 90 001 Calibrating wheels for navigation system 1 (up to 9/97, measured with distance travelled)
        • 65 90 510 Removing and installing/replacing navigation computer with CD-drive
        • 65 90 520 Removing and installing/replacing receiver module for Global Positioning System (GPS)
        • 65 90 530 Removing and installing magnetic field sensor
        • 65 90 540 Removing and installing/replacing antenna for Global Positioning System (GPS)
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Special Tools - E38
      • Audio, Navigation And Anti-Theft
        • 65 1 010 Test lead
          • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 65 2 000 Spanner
      • 65 2 100 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 65 2 400 Angle connector (5)
      • 65 5 010 Test kit
      • 65 5 400 Release bracket
      • 65 7 100 Adapter lead ZAE/MRS
      • 65 7 110 Adapter lead
    • Audio, Navigation, Anti-Theft And Restraints - Tightening Torques
      • Airbag Triggering Unit
        • 65 77 Airbag triggering control
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Troubleshooting
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
      • Auxiliary Cable
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
      • Plug Connection Terminal
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 Special tools for wiring harness repairs
        • 61 13 .. Unlocking and disconnecting different plug connections
        • 61 13 ... Antenna elbow plug on radio receiver
        • 61 13 ... Base of tab connector housings
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Power Quadlock contacts (MPQ)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping Micro Quadlock System contacts (MQS)
        • 61 13 ... Crimping annular contacts
        • 61 13 ... Crimping optical fibres
        • 61 13 ... Cutting off, stripping insulation and cutting optical fibres to length
          • Notes
          • Cutting Optical Fibre
          • Stripping Insulation From Optical Fibre
          • Cutting Optical Fibre To Length
        • 61 13 ... Front left wiring harness repair
        • 61 13 ... Opening plug housings and removing contacts of different plug systems
          • Abbreviations And What They Mean:
          • Ultrasonic-Welded Connectors:
          • Repair Instructions For Opening Plug Housings And Removing Contacts Of Different Plug Systems
            • Plug System D 1.5/D 2.5:
            • Plug System JPT/MDK/DFK:
            • Plug System Elo/Elo-Power:
            • Plug System MQS/MPQ:
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
        • 61 13 .... Repairing front right wiring harness
        • 61 13 ... Retaining bracket
        • 61 13 ... Socket housing (radio plug), Hybrid System MQS/MPQ
          • Notes
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Radio Plug:
          • Removing MQS Contacts From Contact Carrier:
          • Removing MPQ Contacts From Contact Carrier:
      • Battery
        • 12 00 ... Instructions for disconnecting and connecting battery
          • Notes
          • Before Disconnecting Battery:
          • General Notes On Disconnecting Battery:
          • After Connecting Battery:
          • Vehicles With A Two-Battery System
        • 12 00 ... Instructions on starting aid
          • Notes
          • Preparation:
          • Carrying Out:
          • Danger Of Explosion!
        • 61 00 ... Battery
          • Notes
          • Battery Care And Maintenance
          • Battery Test
        • 61 00 ... Battery charging
        • 61 00 ... Notes for cars with twin-battery system
          • Notes
          • Block Diagram For Twin-Battery System
          • Components And Their Installation Locations:
          • Operation Of Electronic Disconnecting Switch:
            • In Starting Sequence With System Battery Flat/Faulty
            • In Starting Sequence With Starter Battery Flat/Faulty
            • Stationary Operation/Neutral Position
            • Driving/Charging Operation (Alternator)
            • Charging Operation With Battery Charger
        • 61 00 ... Safety instructions for handling vehicle battery
          • Battery Acid Is Highly Corrosive:
          • In Event Of Contact With Acid:
          • Explosion Hazard:
        • 61 20 ... Threshold values for battery inspection of all battery (telephone except for telephone battery)
          • Notes
          • Test Step 1 - Before Charging The Battery
          • Test Step 2 - After Charging The Battery
        • 61 20 ... Battery open-circuit current test
      • Battery Vapour Seperate
        • 61 21 010 Removing and installing battery
      • Switch
        • 61 31 ... Removing and installing/replacing inclination switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 005 Removing and installing/replacing fixture for steering column stalk
        • 61 31 016 Removing and installing/replacing turn indicator/headlight dip lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version from 09/98:
        • 61 31 020 Removing and installing the ignition switch
          • Notes
          • Installation Note
        • 61 31 035 Removing and installing/replacing steering column adjustment lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 040 Removing and installing/replacing windshield wiper lever
          • Version Up To 09/98:
          • Version From 09/98:
        • 61 31 057 Removing and installing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 058 Replacing switch unit in center console
        • 61 31 080 Removing and installing / replacing switch from hazard warning lights
        • 61 31 082 Removing and installing / replacing switch for central locking system
        • 61 31 084 Removing and installing/replacing switch for automatic trunk lid actuation
        • 61 31 090 Removing and installing / replacing switch for left or right seat heating
        • 61 31 115 Replacing rocker switch for side-window operation
        • 61 31 204 Replacing switch combination for seat adjustment
        • 61 31 208 Removing and installing/replacing switch for front lumbar support
        • 61 31 212 Removing and installing / replacing switch for automatic stability control
        • 61 31 214 Removing and installing / replacing switch for electronic damper control
        • 61 31 216 Removing and installing / replacing switch for rear window roller blind
        • 61 31 218 Removing and installing / replacing switch for Park Distance Control
        • 61 31 224 Replacing switch on impact cushion for left or right airbag
          • Notes
          • Illustration Shows Removal Of Switch On Impact Cushion For Airbag On Left
        • 61 31 226 Replacing switch on sports steering wheel on left or right
        • 61 31 310 Replacing brake light switch
          • Notes
          • E38 Up To 09/98:
          • E38 From 09/98, E39, E52 And E53:
      • ECUs modules
        • 61 35 ... Control units, switches, relays
        • 61 35 ... Note on replacing codable/programmable control units
        • 61 35 ... Notes on ESD protection (Electro Static Discharge)
        • 61 35 175 Removing and installing/replacing rain sensor
        • 61 35 230 Removing and installing/replacing control unit for active seat
          • Operation Is Described In:
        • 61 35 640 Removing and installing or replacing door module
        • 61 35 680 Initializing rain sensor
        • 61 35 700 Removing and installing / replacing control unit for rear window sun roller blind
        • 61 35 710 Removing and installing or replacing sunroof module
        • 61 35 900 Removing and installing/replacing ringantenna of electronic immobiliser
        • 63 12 860 Replacing control unit for left xenon headlight.
        • 63 12 861 Replacing control unit for right xenon headlight.
        • Diagnosis Programming/Coding
      • Relay
        • 61 13 ... DME master relay connector
        • 61 13 ... Relay carrier
      • Windscreen Wiper
        • 61 61 010 Checking or adjusting contact angle of wiper arms on windshield
        • 61 61 041 Replacing both windshield wiper blades
        • 61 61 100 Removing and installing/replacing both windshield wiper arms
          • Notes
          • Driver's Side:
          • Passenger Side:
        • 61 61 270 Removing and installing complete wiper console
      • Headlight Cleaning System
        • 61 67 040 Adjusting spray nozzles for headlight-cleaning system
      • Window Washer System
        • 61 71 004 Adjusting windshield washer spray nozzles
          • Triple Nozzle System
          • Twin Nozzle System
    • General Electrical System - Special Tools - E38
      • General electrical system
        • 61 0 000 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 14S
      • 61 0 021 Fuse link FF 3.15 A/500V
      • 61 0 030 Analog/digital multimeter Metrahit 18S
      • 61 0 050 Active diagnosis connector (ADS)
      • 61 1 150 Releasing tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 180 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 250 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 300 Pliers
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 1 350 Set of assembly tools
      • 61 1 360 Releasing tool
      • 61 1 410 Set of DIS test prods
      • 61 1 440 Test cable for K-Jetronic
      • 61 1 460 Set of V-adapter leads (8 leads)
      • 61 1 470 Set of leads (6)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 070 Cable set
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 2 300 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 310 Adapter for measuring closed-circuit current
      • 61 2 410 Battery trickle charger
      • 61 3 010 Tester and set of plug adapters (8)
      • 61 3 030 V-adapter lead
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 050 Bypass switch
      • 61 3 160 V-adapter lead, 54-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 3 190 Test leads for EWS 3
      • 61 3 300 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 4 300 Adapter lead for OBD socket
      • 61 4 320 Crimping set with pliers
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 350 V-adapter lead 23-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 370 V-adapter lead (2-pin), zero-coded
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 390 Measuring box, 60-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 420 Set of test adapters, 83-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 4 450 20-pin V-adapter lead (D 2.5), black
      • 61 6 010 Tone socket T80 with holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 020 Set of V-adapter leads (6 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 030 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 040 Set of V-adapter leads (5 leads)
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 6 060 Universal wiper arm puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 61 6 070 Supplementary kit D 1.5-D 2.5/ELA
      • 61 6 080 Elo supplementary kit
      • 61 6 090 Elo/ELA supplementary kit
      • 61 6 200 Setting wrench
      • 61 9 020 Repair kit IV for vehicle electrical system
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 61 9 030 Drawer bag not including content
      • 61 9 040 Set of tools for repair kit IV
      • 61 9 045 Female die
      • 61 9 050 Repair kits A - N
      • 61 9 080 Repair kit
      • 61 9110 Supplementary kit (engine electrical system)
      • 61 9 120 Supplementary kit (body electrical system)
      • 61 9 211 Repair kit O
      • 61 9 212 Repair kit P
      • 61 9 213 Repair kit Q
    • GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Battery - vapor Separator
        • 61 21 Battery with terminal
      • Switch
        • 6131 Switch
      • ECUs, Modules
        • 61 35 Control Units, Modules
      • Windscreen Wipers
        • 61 61 Windshield Wipers
    • Passive Safety Systems - Overview
      • Passive Safety Systems
        • Introduction
          • Notes
          • Safety precautions when working with airbag circuits
        • Multiple Restraint System III (MRS III)
          • Notes
          • Purpose of the System:
          • MRS III I.P.O.
          • Components
            • MRS III Control module
            • Satellite Sensors
            • Driver's Front Air Bag
            • Passenger's Front Air Bag
            • Side Air Bags Front And Rear (Thorax)
            • Front Head protection air bags (Inflatable Tubular Structure. ITS)
            • Battery Safety Terminal (BST)
            • Seat Belt Tensioners
            • Seat Occupancy Sensor (SBE)
          • MRS III Principle of Operation
          • Triggering Thresholds For The Two-Stage Front Air Bags
          • Triggering Thresholds For The Remaining Safety Devices
            • Side Airbags and Head Protection
            • Seat Belt Tensioners
            • Battery Safety Terminal
            • Fuel Pump Shut-Off Request
          • Diagnosis
        • Multiple Restraint System (MRS & MRS II)
          • Notes
          • Overview
          • Components
            • Control Module
            • Front Passenger Air Bag Assembly
            • Side Air Bag Assembly (Front/Rear)
            • 2-Stage Passenger Airbag
            • Pressure Chamber
            • Ignition Stage One
            • Ignition Stage Two
            • Airbag Activation
            • Head Airbag Assembly (Its)
            • Battery Safety Terminal (BST)
            • BST Construction
            • BST Activation
            • Side Impact Sensors
            • Seat Occupancy Sensor (SBE)
            • Seat Belt TENSIONERS
            • Seat Belt Switches
          • MRS/MRS II I.P.O
          • MRS/MRS II Deployment Logic
            • Notes
            • Driver's Front Airbag
            • Passenger's Front Airbag
            • Side Air Bags/Its
            • Pyrotechnic SEATBELT TENSIONERS
            • BST Trigger Logic
          • Diagnosis And Service Procedures
        • Central Airbag Trigger Module (ZAE & ZAE II)
          • Notes
          • System Overview
          • ZAE -I.P.O.
          • Seat Belt TENSIONERS
            • Mechanical Seat Belt TENSIONERS
        • Cipro/Siemens Airbag System
          • Notes
          • System Overview
            • Notes
            • Area Of Impact
            • Impact Sensor Signals
          • Siemens Operation
          • CIPRO/Siemens 2B-2C I.P.O.
        • Rollover Protection System (RPS)
          • Notes
          • Rps Components - Operation
            • Notes
            • Two Roll Bar Cassettes
            • Technical Data
          • Rps Components / Operation
            • Roll Bar Retracted
            • Roll Bar Deployed
          • Rollover Sensor
          • Control Electronics
          • Clinometer - (Tilt Detection)
            • Notes
            • Rps Diagnosis And Testing
            • Retracting Of The Roll Bars
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Passive Safety Systems - Overview
      • Passive Safety Systems
        • Introduction
          • Notes
          • Safety precautions when working with airbag circuits
        • Multiple Restraint System III (MRS III)
          • Notes
          • Purpose of the System:
          • MRS III I.P.O.
          • Components
            • MRS III Control module
            • Satellite Sensors
            • Driver's Front Air Bag
            • Passenger's Front Air Bag
            • Side Air Bags Front And Rear (Thorax)
            • Front Head protection air bags (Inflatable Tubular Structure. ITS)
            • Battery Safety Terminal (BST)
            • Seat Belt Tensioners
            • Seat Occupancy Sensor (SBE)
          • MRS III Principle of Operation
          • Triggering Thresholds For The Two-Stage Front Air Bags
          • Triggering Thresholds For The Remaining Safety Devices
            • Side Airbags and Head Protection
            • Seat Belt Tensioners
            • Battery Safety Terminal
            • Fuel Pump Shut-Off Request
          • Diagnosis
        • Multiple Restraint System (MRS & MRS II)
          • Notes
          • Overview
          • Components
            • Control Module
            • Front Passenger Air Bag Assembly
            • Side Air Bag Assembly (Front/Rear)
            • 2-Stage Passenger Airbag
            • Pressure Chamber
            • Ignition Stage One
            • Ignition Stage Two
            • Airbag Activation
            • Head Airbag Assembly (Its)
            • Battery Safety Terminal (BST)
            • BST Construction
            • BST Activation
            • Side Impact Sensors
            • Seat Occupancy Sensor (SBE)
            • Seat Belt TENSIONERS
            • Seat Belt Switches
          • MRS/MRS II I.P.O
          • MRS/MRS II Deployment Logic
            • Notes
            • Driver's Front Airbag
            • Passenger's Front Airbag
            • Side Air Bags/Its
            • Pyrotechnic SEATBELT TENSIONERS
            • BST Trigger Logic
          • Diagnosis And Service Procedures
        • Central Airbag Trigger Module (ZAE & ZAE II)
          • Notes
          • System Overview
          • ZAE -I.P.O.
          • Seat Belt TENSIONERS
            • Mechanical Seat Belt TENSIONERS
        • Cipro/Siemens Airbag System
          • Notes
          • System Overview
            • Notes
            • Area Of Impact
            • Impact Sensor Signals
          • Siemens Operation
          • CIPRO/Siemens 2B-2C I.P.O.
        • Rollover Protection System (RPS)
          • Notes
          • Rps Components - Operation
            • Notes
            • Two Roll Bar Cassettes
            • Technical Data
          • Rps Components / Operation
            • Roll Bar Retracted
            • Roll Bar Deployed
          • Rollover Sensor
          • Control Electronics
          • Clinometer - (Tilt Detection)
            • Notes
            • Rps Diagnosis And Testing
            • Retracting Of The Roll Bars
  • Seat Belts
    • Passive Safety Systems - Overview
      • Passive Safety Systems
        • Introduction
          • Notes
          • Safety precautions when working with airbag circuits
        • Multiple Restraint System III (MRS III)
          • Notes
          • Purpose of the System:
          • MRS III I.P.O.
          • Components
            • MRS III Control module
            • Satellite Sensors
            • Driver's Front Air Bag
            • Passenger's Front Air Bag
            • Side Air Bags Front And Rear (Thorax)
            • Front Head protection air bags (Inflatable Tubular Structure. ITS)
            • Battery Safety Terminal (BST)
            • Seat Belt Tensioners
            • Seat Occupancy Sensor (SBE)
          • MRS III Principle of Operation
          • Triggering Thresholds For The Two-Stage Front Air Bags
          • Triggering Thresholds For The Remaining Safety Devices
            • Side Airbags and Head Protection
            • Seat Belt Tensioners
            • Battery Safety Terminal
            • Fuel Pump Shut-Off Request
          • Diagnosis
        • Multiple Restraint System (MRS & MRS II)
          • Notes
          • Overview
          • Components
            • Control Module
            • Front Passenger Air Bag Assembly
            • Side Air Bag Assembly (Front/Rear)
            • 2-Stage Passenger Airbag
            • Pressure Chamber
            • Ignition Stage One
            • Ignition Stage Two
            • Airbag Activation
            • Head Airbag Assembly (Its)
            • Battery Safety Terminal (BST)
            • BST Construction
            • BST Activation
            • Side Impact Sensors
            • Seat Occupancy Sensor (SBE)
            • Seat Belt TENSIONERS
            • Seat Belt Switches
          • MRS/MRS II I.P.O
          • MRS/MRS II Deployment Logic
            • Notes
            • Driver's Front Airbag
            • Passenger's Front Airbag
            • Side Air Bags/Its
            • Pyrotechnic SEATBELT TENSIONERS
            • BST Trigger Logic
          • Diagnosis And Service Procedures
        • Central Airbag Trigger Module (ZAE & ZAE II)
          • Notes
          • System Overview
          • ZAE -I.P.O.
          • Seat Belt TENSIONERS
            • Mechanical Seat Belt TENSIONERS
        • Cipro/Siemens Airbag System
          • Notes
          • System Overview
            • Notes
            • Area Of Impact
            • Impact Sensor Signals
          • Siemens Operation
          • CIPRO/Siemens 2B-2C I.P.O.
        • Rollover Protection System (RPS)
          • Notes
          • Rps Components - Operation
            • Notes
            • Two Roll Bar Cassettes
            • Technical Data
          • Rps Components / Operation
            • Roll Bar Retracted
            • Roll Bar Deployed
          • Rollover Sensor
          • Control Electronics
          • Clinometer - (Tilt Detection)
            • Notes
            • Rps Diagnosis And Testing
            • Retracting Of The Roll Bars
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering
      • Description
      • Lubrication
        • Capacity
        • Fluid Type
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Hydraulic System Bleeding
      • Adjustments
        • Steering Rack
      • Testing
        • Steering Pump Pressure
        • Steering Rack Pressure
      • Removal & Installation
        • Power Steering Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Rack Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Power Steering Pump
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Steering Rack Assembly
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
    • Steering - Operating Fluids
      • ZF Gemmer Steering
      • ZF Rack and Pinion Steering
      • Ball and Nut or Rack and Pinion Power Steering
      • ZF Ball and Nut Power Steering with H31 System
      • Horn Slip Rings
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Repair
      • Electronic Chassis
        • 31 33 095 Measuring ride-level height of vehicle
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 00... General chassis and suspension definitions
        • 32 00... General information and definitions
          • Toe angle difference
          • Camber
          • Toe
          • Caster
          • Geometrical axis 1
          • Symmetrical axis 2
          • Wheel offset
          • Kingpin offset/scrub radius
        • 32 00... Identification of sport suspension
        • 32 00... Identification of suspension without label
        • 32 00... Move vehicle into normal position
        • 32 00... Moving vehicle into design position
        • 32 00... Notes
          • Vehicle with Interlock-System:
        • 32 00... Suspension assignment via optional extras
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
        • 32 00 150 Standard chassis / wheel alignment with DIN load
        • 32 00 610 Adjusting front wheel alignment (with KDS)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 00 620 Adjusting rear axle
          • Notes
          • Adjusting camber:
          • Adjust toe-in:
      • Steering Gear
        • 32 13... Design and function of recirculating ball power steering unit
          • Notes
          • Steering wheel in neutral position:
          • Steering wheel turned to right:
          • Steering wheel turned to left:
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 13 060 Removing and installing power steering gear
          • Notes
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Steering Arms, Tie Rod
        • 32 21... Layout of steering linkage
        • 32 21 080 Removing and installing idler arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 091 Replacing idler arm bushing for idler arm
        • 32 21 231 Replacing left or right tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 281 Replacing center tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 501 Removing and installing pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 510 Adjusting pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Column
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 31 003 Replacing Upper Section Of Steering Column Trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 020 Removing and installing / replacing lower section of steering column trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 070 Removing and installing or replacing (lower) steering spindle
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 082 Removing and installing or replacing steering angle sensor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 090 Removing and installing complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 151 Replacing upper steering spindle bearing
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 161 Replacing lower steering spindle bearing
        • 32 31 241 Replacing adjusting lever for steering column
        • 32 31 595 Dismantling and assembling complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Lock
        • 32 32 001 Replacing complete steering lock
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 32 050 Removing and installing or replacing steering-lock cylinder
        • 32 32 170 Removing and installing/replacing Interlock cable
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel
        • 32 33 000 Removing and installing steering wheel
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel For Airbag
        • 32 34... Function
        • 32 34 020 Removing and installing or replacing airbag unit
        • 32 34 510 Replacing contact ring (airbag)
        • 72 00... Safety regulations for handling airbag system components
          • Failure to comply with warnings and repair instructions may result in faulty activations and cause physical injury!
      • Pump And Oil Supply
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 41... Instructions for removing and installing ear clips
        • 32 41... Instructions for using special tool 32 4 000
          • Notes
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M14 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 union screw:
        • 32 41... Layout of power steering unit components and lines
        • 32 41... Notes on hydraulic line with quick-release coupling
        • 32 41 001 Servotronic troubleshooting
        • 32 41 009 Checking function of power-steering pump
          • Notes
          • Checking pump pressure:
          • Checking power steering:
          • Installation:
        • 32 41 060 Removing and installing vane pump for power steering unit
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Alignment Specifications
      • Troubleshooting
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Special Tools
      • Steering and wheel alignment
        • 32 1 000 Adapter
      • 32 1 050 Thrust piece
      • 32 1 060 Drift
      • 32 1 090 Thrust piece
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 190 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 200 Fixture
      • 32 1 260 Pliers
      • 32 1 270 Plugs (set)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 000 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 030 Fixture
      • 32 2 140 Gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 050 Assembly sleeves
      • 32 3 060 Bush
      • 32 3 070 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 110 Releasing tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 120 Tone socket E8
      • 32 3 140 Setting tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 4 000 Fixture
      • 32 4 100 Double-ended ring wrench 17/19 A/F
  • Power Steering
    • Power Steering
      • Description
      • Lubrication
        • Capacity
        • Fluid Type
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Hydraulic System Bleeding
      • Adjustments
        • Steering Rack
      • Testing
        • Steering Pump Pressure
        • Steering Rack Pressure
      • Removal & Installation
        • Power Steering Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Rack Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Power Steering Pump
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Steering Rack Assembly
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
    • Steering - Operating Fluids
      • ZF Gemmer Steering
      • ZF Rack and Pinion Steering
      • Ball and Nut or Rack and Pinion Power Steering
      • ZF Ball and Nut Power Steering with H31 System
      • Horn Slip Rings
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Repair
      • Electronic Chassis
        • 31 33 095 Measuring ride-level height of vehicle
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 00... General chassis and suspension definitions
        • 32 00... General information and definitions
          • Toe angle difference
          • Camber
          • Toe
          • Caster
          • Geometrical axis 1
          • Symmetrical axis 2
          • Wheel offset
          • Kingpin offset/scrub radius
        • 32 00... Identification of sport suspension
        • 32 00... Identification of suspension without label
        • 32 00... Move vehicle into normal position
        • 32 00... Moving vehicle into design position
        • 32 00... Notes
          • Vehicle with Interlock-System:
        • 32 00... Suspension assignment via optional extras
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
        • 32 00 150 Standard chassis / wheel alignment with DIN load
        • 32 00 610 Adjusting front wheel alignment (with KDS)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 00 620 Adjusting rear axle
          • Notes
          • Adjusting camber:
          • Adjust toe-in:
      • Steering Gear
        • 32 13... Design and function of recirculating ball power steering unit
          • Notes
          • Steering wheel in neutral position:
          • Steering wheel turned to right:
          • Steering wheel turned to left:
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 13 060 Removing and installing power steering gear
          • Notes
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Steering Arms, Tie Rod
        • 32 21... Layout of steering linkage
        • 32 21 080 Removing and installing idler arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 091 Replacing idler arm bushing for idler arm
        • 32 21 231 Replacing left or right tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 281 Replacing center tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 501 Removing and installing pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 510 Adjusting pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Column
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 31 003 Replacing Upper Section Of Steering Column Trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 020 Removing and installing / replacing lower section of steering column trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 070 Removing and installing or replacing (lower) steering spindle
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 082 Removing and installing or replacing steering angle sensor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 090 Removing and installing complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 151 Replacing upper steering spindle bearing
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 161 Replacing lower steering spindle bearing
        • 32 31 241 Replacing adjusting lever for steering column
        • 32 31 595 Dismantling and assembling complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Lock
        • 32 32 001 Replacing complete steering lock
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 32 050 Removing and installing or replacing steering-lock cylinder
        • 32 32 170 Removing and installing/replacing Interlock cable
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel
        • 32 33 000 Removing and installing steering wheel
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel For Airbag
        • 32 34... Function
        • 32 34 020 Removing and installing or replacing airbag unit
        • 32 34 510 Replacing contact ring (airbag)
        • 72 00... Safety regulations for handling airbag system components
          • Failure to comply with warnings and repair instructions may result in faulty activations and cause physical injury!
      • Pump And Oil Supply
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 41... Instructions for removing and installing ear clips
        • 32 41... Instructions for using special tool 32 4 000
          • Notes
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M14 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 union screw:
        • 32 41... Layout of power steering unit components and lines
        • 32 41... Notes on hydraulic line with quick-release coupling
        • 32 41 001 Servotronic troubleshooting
        • 32 41 009 Checking function of power-steering pump
          • Notes
          • Checking pump pressure:
          • Checking power steering:
          • Installation:
        • 32 41 060 Removing and installing vane pump for power steering unit
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Alignment Specifications
      • Troubleshooting
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Special Tools
      • Steering and wheel alignment
        • 32 1 000 Adapter
      • 32 1 050 Thrust piece
      • 32 1 060 Drift
      • 32 1 090 Thrust piece
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 190 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 200 Fixture
      • 32 1 260 Pliers
      • 32 1 270 Plugs (set)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 000 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 030 Fixture
      • 32 2 140 Gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 050 Assembly sleeves
      • 32 3 060 Bush
      • 32 3 070 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 110 Releasing tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 120 Tone socket E8
      • 32 3 140 Setting tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 4 000 Fixture
      • 32 4 100 Double-ended ring wrench 17/19 A/F
  • Steering Column - Repair
    • Identification
    • Description & Operation
    • Service Precautions
    • Adjustments
      • Contact Ring
    • Removal & Installation
      • Driver-Side Airbag Module
      • Interlock Cable
      • Ring Antenna Of Electronic Immobilizer
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Column
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Steering Column Adjusting Lever
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Column Switches
      • Steering Column Lower Trim Section
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Column Upper Trim Section
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Lock
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Steering Spindle (Lower) (E38)
        • Notes
        • Removal
      • Steering Spindle (Lower) (E39)
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Spindle Bearing (Upper)
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
      • Steering Wheel
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation (From 3/99)
        • Removal & Installation (Up To 3/99)
      • Steering Wheel Lock Cylinder
        • Removal & Installation
    • Overhaul
      • Steering Column
        • Disassembly
        • Assembly
    • Torque Specifications
    • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Dynamic Stability Control - Overhaul
      • Introduction to DSC
        • Notes
        • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC II/DSCIII)
          • Purpose Of The System
        • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC II)
          • Notes
          • DSC II
          • Bosch 5. 3 DSC III I-P-O
          • DSC III (Bosch 5.7) IPO
        • DSC III 5.3 Components
        • Bosch DSC III 5.7 Components
          • Notes
          • Control Module/Hydraulic Unit
          • Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Hydraulic Pressure Sensor (Brake Pressure)
          • Steering Angle Sensor
          • Rotation Rate Sensor (Bosch 5.3)
          • Sensor Operation
          • Rotation Rate Sensor Signals
          • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (Bosch 5.3)
          • Combined Rotation Rate/Lateral Acceleration Sensor (Bosch DSC III 5.7)
          • DSC Switch
          • Handbrake Switch
          • Brake Switch
          • DSC III (BOSCH 5.3) Hydraulic System Components
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Unit:
            • Master Cylinder:
          • Hydraulic Charge
            • Notes
            • 740i/iL & 540iA Vehicles:
            • 750iL Vehicles:
        • Principle of Operation
          • Dynamic Stability Control Systems
            • Introduction
            • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC III)
          • DSC Features
            • Corner Braking Control (CPT)
            • Dynamic Braking System (DBS)
            • Dynamic Braking Control (DBC)
          • Maximum Brake Control
        • Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Coding
          • Adjustment Functions
          • Steering Angle Sensor
          • Special Tools
    • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC III)
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Under/Oversteer Correction
        • Component Identification
      • Bleeding Brake System
      • Testing
      • Troubleshooting
      • Diagnosis
      • Removal Installation
        • Transversal-Acceleration Sensor DSC III
          • Production Up To 9/1998
        • Rotation Rate Sensor
          • Notes
          • Production Up To 9/1998
          • Production After 9/1998
        • Abs/ASC+T/DSC Control Module
          • Notes
          • Production After 9/1998
        • Control Module (ASC+T, DSC1, DSC2, DSC3)
          • Production Up To 9/1998
        • Control Unit
        • Front Abs Impulse Sensor
        • Rear Abs Impulse Sensor
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electronic Dampening Control - Overview - 7-Series, 8-Series
      • Electronic Dampening Control (EDC)
        • Purpose of the System
        • System Components E38
        • System Components E31/E32
        • Components
          • Acceleration (Motion) Sensors
          • Steering Angle Sensor
          • Control Module
          • Program Switch
          • Comfort Program
          • Sport Program
          • Vehicle Road Speed
          • Solenoid Controlled Dampers E31/E32 and E38
        • Basic Damper Operation
          • Notes
          • E38 Solenoid Controlled Damper Operation
          • E31/E32 External Solenoid Damper Operation
        • E38 I-P-O
        • E31-E32 I-P-O
        • Electronic Damper Control Functions
          • Automatic Load Compensation
          • EDC III Ride Program Comparison
        • Safety Monitoring
        • EDC Special Tools E38
          • Adapter Harness EDC Shock Solenoids
          • Shock Assembly Removal Socket
        • System Components
        • Damper Valve - Hydraulic Details
        • Principle of Operation
        • EDC-K Electronic System Overview
          • Notes
          • Vertical Dynamics Control
          • Longitudinal Dynamics Control
          • Transversal Dynamics Control
          • Copy Control
          • Tolerance Adaptation
          • Control Strategy
          • Plausibility Monitoring And Safety Concept
          • System Faults And Reactions
          • CAN Interface
          • Power Supply
          • Valve Activation/Output Stage Circuit
          • Controller And Control Display Operation
          • Workshop Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • Notes On Service
    • Electronic Suspension (E38)
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • System Operation
        • Inputs
        • Damper Operation
        • Solenoid Controlled Dampers
        • Damper Settings
        • General Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Height Setting
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Diagnosis & Testing
        • Charge Pressure In Left Pressure Accumulator
        • Height Setting
        • Level Control Pump
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Control Unit (EDC)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Fitted Acceleration Sensor (EDC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Fitted Acceleration Sensor (EDC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Height Setting Sensor (Front)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Height Setting Sensor (Rear)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Pressure Accumulator
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Spring Strut Shock Absorber
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
      • Special Tools
    • Integrated Suspension System - Special Tools - E38
      • (Integrated Suspension System)
        • 37 2 010 Connection piece with 300 mm hose
    • INTEGRATED SUSPENSION SYSTEM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Rear Control and Suspension
        • 37 12 Control and Suspension Systems. rear
      • Electrical Components
        • 37 14 Electric Components
    • Integrated Suspension Systems - Operating Fluids
      • Approved Hydraulic Fluids
        • ZF rack-and-pinion steering
        • E24, E28, E32, E34, and E38
          • E24, E28 produced prior to 9/87
          • E24, E28 produced since 9/87
          • E32 produced prior to 9/91
          • E32, E34 produced since 9/91
          • E38 produced since 1/94
        • LHM hydraulic fluid
      • Checking Hydraulic Fluid Levels
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Axle - Special Tools - E38
      • Front Axle
        • 31 2 080 Wrench socket WAF 46, 3/4" square
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 100 Fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 200 Expander tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 210 Socket wrench socket WAF 21
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 220 Support plate
      • 31 2 240 Puller
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 2 260 Pressure sleeve tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 140 Pin wrench
      • 31 3 210 Spanner
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 340 Spring tensioner
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 350 Spring holder
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 31 3 358 Insert ring
      • 31 3 360 Protective inserts
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
    • Front Suspension
      • Identification
      • Description
      • Adjustments & Inspection
        • Pitman Arm
        • Riding Height
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Procedures
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Coil Spring & Shock Absorber
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Arm
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Axle (With Spring Struts)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Axle Support
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rubber Mounts On Traction Struts
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Stabilizer
          • Removal & Installation
        • Stabilizer Link (Push Rod)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Knuckle
          • Removal & Installation
        • Traction Struts
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wheel Bearing
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • Operating Fluids - Front Axle
      • 1.0 General Information on High Temperature Multi-Purpose Grease
      • 2.0 Approved High Temperature Multi-purpose Grease
        • Notes
        • Ball Bearings (E24 from mid 1982, E28, E30, E31, E32 and all following)
        • Tapered Roller Bearings (E23, E21)
      • 3.0 Approved Front Axle Final Drive Oils
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Repair
      • Electronic Chassis
        • 31 33 095 Measuring ride-level height of vehicle
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 00... General chassis and suspension definitions
        • 32 00... General information and definitions
          • Toe angle difference
          • Camber
          • Toe
          • Caster
          • Geometrical axis 1
          • Symmetrical axis 2
          • Wheel offset
          • Kingpin offset/scrub radius
        • 32 00... Identification of sport suspension
        • 32 00... Identification of suspension without label
        • 32 00... Move vehicle into normal position
        • 32 00... Moving vehicle into design position
        • 32 00... Notes
          • Vehicle with Interlock-System:
        • 32 00... Suspension assignment via optional extras
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
        • 32 00 150 Standard chassis / wheel alignment with DIN load
        • 32 00 610 Adjusting front wheel alignment (with KDS)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 00 620 Adjusting rear axle
          • Notes
          • Adjusting camber:
          • Adjust toe-in:
      • Steering Gear
        • 32 13... Design and function of recirculating ball power steering unit
          • Notes
          • Steering wheel in neutral position:
          • Steering wheel turned to right:
          • Steering wheel turned to left:
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 13 060 Removing and installing power steering gear
          • Notes
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Steering Arms, Tie Rod
        • 32 21... Layout of steering linkage
        • 32 21 080 Removing and installing idler arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 091 Replacing idler arm bushing for idler arm
        • 32 21 231 Replacing left or right tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 281 Replacing center tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 501 Removing and installing pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 510 Adjusting pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Column
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 31 003 Replacing Upper Section Of Steering Column Trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 020 Removing and installing / replacing lower section of steering column trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 070 Removing and installing or replacing (lower) steering spindle
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 082 Removing and installing or replacing steering angle sensor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 090 Removing and installing complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 151 Replacing upper steering spindle bearing
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 161 Replacing lower steering spindle bearing
        • 32 31 241 Replacing adjusting lever for steering column
        • 32 31 595 Dismantling and assembling complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Lock
        • 32 32 001 Replacing complete steering lock
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 32 050 Removing and installing or replacing steering-lock cylinder
        • 32 32 170 Removing and installing/replacing Interlock cable
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel
        • 32 33 000 Removing and installing steering wheel
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel For Airbag
        • 32 34... Function
        • 32 34 020 Removing and installing or replacing airbag unit
        • 32 34 510 Replacing contact ring (airbag)
        • 72 00... Safety regulations for handling airbag system components
          • Failure to comply with warnings and repair instructions may result in faulty activations and cause physical injury!
      • Pump And Oil Supply
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 41... Instructions for removing and installing ear clips
        • 32 41... Instructions for using special tool 32 4 000
          • Notes
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M14 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 union screw:
        • 32 41... Layout of power steering unit components and lines
        • 32 41... Notes on hydraulic line with quick-release coupling
        • 32 41 001 Servotronic troubleshooting
        • 32 41 009 Checking function of power-steering pump
          • Notes
          • Checking pump pressure:
          • Checking power steering:
          • Installation:
        • 32 41 060 Removing and installing vane pump for power steering unit
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Alignment Specifications
      • Troubleshooting
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Special Tools
      • Steering and wheel alignment
        • 32 1 000 Adapter
      • 32 1 050 Thrust piece
      • 32 1 060 Drift
      • 32 1 090 Thrust piece
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 190 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 200 Fixture
      • 32 1 260 Pliers
      • 32 1 270 Plugs (set)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 000 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 030 Fixture
      • 32 2 140 Gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 050 Assembly sleeves
      • 32 3 060 Bush
      • 32 3 070 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 110 Releasing tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 120 Tone socket E8
      • 32 3 140 Setting tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 4 000 Fixture
      • 32 4 100 Double-ended ring wrench 17/19 A/F
    • Suspension Systems - Overview
      • Suspension Systems
        • Purpose of the System
        • Basic Suspension Geometry
          • Caster
            • Notes
            • Cross Caster
          • Camber
            • Notes
            • Cross Camber
          • Toe In/Toe Out
          • Steering Roll Radius (Steering Offset)
          • Steering Axis Inclination (SAI)
            • Notes
            • Included Angle (IA)
          • Toe Out On Turns
          • Geometric Axis
            • Notes
            • Thrust Line/Thrust Angle
            • Alignment Procedures
        • Suspension Systems
          • Front Axles
            • Notes
            • Single Joint Spring Strut Axle
              • Notes
              • E46 Front Suspension
              • Adjustments
            • Double Pivot Spring Strut Axle
        • Rear Suspension Systems
          • Notes
          • Semi-Trailing Arm
          • Semi-Trailing Arm With "Track Link"
          • Central "C" Link Rear Suspension
            • Notes
            • E46 Rear Suspension
            • E85 Rear Suspension
            • Rear Suspension Adjustments (Central "C" Link)
              • Rear Toe
              • Rear Camber
          • Multi-Link Rear Suspensions
            • Notes
            • Elasto-Kinematics
            • E38/E39 Multi-Link Suspension
            • Rear Suspension Adjustments
            • E39 Sportwagon And X5 Rear Suspension
            • E65/E66 Rear Suspension
        • Alignment Procedures
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Inspection
            • Notes
            • Road Testing
          • Ride Height Measurement
            • Notes
            • Ride Height
            • Z3 Ride Height Tool
          • Identification Of Suspension
          • Vehicle Loading
            • Notes
            • Alignment Sensor Mounting
            • Alignment Adjustment Summary
          • Alignment Specifications
  • Rear Suspension
    • Operating Fluids - Rear Axle
      • 1.0 General Information On Final Drive Oil
        • Notes
        • Oil Additives
      • 2.0 Approved Final Drive Oils For Front And Rear Axle Final Drives With And Without Limited Slip Or Viscous Coupling
        • Notes
        • Limited Slip Differentials
          • Notes
          • Non-Limited Slip Differentials
      • 3.0 Final Drive Oil For BMW M1 Motorsport Coupe
      • 4.0 Oil Change Intervals
      • 5.0 Cars Without Service Indicator (Including BMW M1)
      • 6.0 Cars With Service Indicator
        • Notes
        • Break-In Procedures
      • 7.0 Output Shafts
      • 8.0 Wheel Bearings
        • Ball Bearings E24 (Since 5/82), E28, E30, E31, E32 And All Following
        • Grooved Ball Bearings E12, E21, E23, E24 Before 5/82
      • 9.0 Differential Housing Final Drive Covers And Housing
    • Rear Axle - Special Tools - E38
      • Rear Axle
        • 33 1 070 Holding fixture
      • 33 1 110 Set of tools
      • 33 1 300 Rillex tapered roller bearing extractor
      • 33 1 450 Roller base
      • 33 2 100 Clamping fixture
      • 33 2 110 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 260 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 310 Removal/installation tool kit
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 330 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 420 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 440 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 450 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 470 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 480 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 3 490 Drift
      • 33 4 140 Universal support
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 150 Removal and installation tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 160 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 170 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 190 Removal/installation thrust pieces
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 200 Tool kit / striker fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 220 Axle support set
      • 33 4 240 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 250 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 33 4 400 Puller fixture
      • 33 4 410 Support
      • 33 4 420 Support
      • 33 5 014 Thrust piece with splined key
    • Rear Suspension
      • Identification
      • Description
      • Adjustments
        • Ride Height
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Procedures
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Axle Carrier
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Axle Carrier Rubber Mounts
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Coil Spring
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Exhaust System (M52)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Integral Link
          • Removal & Installation
        • Spring Strut Shock Absorber
          • Removal & Installation
        • Stabilizer
          • Removal & Installation
        • Swinging Arm
          • Removal & Installation
        • Thrust Bearing For Spring Strut Shock Absorber
        • Traction Strut
          • Removal & Installation
        • Upper Control Arm
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wheel Bearings
        • Wheel Carrier
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Carrier Ball Joint
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • Suspension Systems - Overview
      • Suspension Systems
        • Purpose of the System
        • Basic Suspension Geometry
          • Caster
            • Notes
            • Cross Caster
          • Camber
            • Notes
            • Cross Camber
          • Toe In/Toe Out
          • Steering Roll Radius (Steering Offset)
          • Steering Axis Inclination (SAI)
            • Notes
            • Included Angle (IA)
          • Toe Out On Turns
          • Geometric Axis
            • Notes
            • Thrust Line/Thrust Angle
            • Alignment Procedures
        • Suspension Systems
          • Front Axles
            • Notes
            • Single Joint Spring Strut Axle
              • Notes
              • E46 Front Suspension
              • Adjustments
            • Double Pivot Spring Strut Axle
        • Rear Suspension Systems
          • Notes
          • Semi-Trailing Arm
          • Semi-Trailing Arm With "Track Link"
          • Central "C" Link Rear Suspension
            • Notes
            • E46 Rear Suspension
            • E85 Rear Suspension
            • Rear Suspension Adjustments (Central "C" Link)
              • Rear Toe
              • Rear Camber
          • Multi-Link Rear Suspensions
            • Notes
            • Elasto-Kinematics
            • E38/E39 Multi-Link Suspension
            • Rear Suspension Adjustments
            • E39 Sportwagon And X5 Rear Suspension
            • E65/E66 Rear Suspension
        • Alignment Procedures
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Inspection
            • Notes
            • Road Testing
          • Ride Height Measurement
            • Notes
            • Ride Height
            • Z3 Ride Height Tool
          • Identification Of Suspension
          • Vehicle Loading
            • Notes
            • Alignment Sensor Mounting
            • Alignment Adjustment Summary
          • Alignment Specifications
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Steering - Operating Fluids
      • ZF Gemmer Steering
      • ZF Rack and Pinion Steering
      • Ball and Nut or Rack and Pinion Power Steering
      • ZF Ball and Nut Power Steering with H31 System
      • Horn Slip Rings
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Repair
      • Electronic Chassis
        • 31 33 095 Measuring ride-level height of vehicle
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 00... General chassis and suspension definitions
        • 32 00... General information and definitions
          • Toe angle difference
          • Camber
          • Toe
          • Caster
          • Geometrical axis 1
          • Symmetrical axis 2
          • Wheel offset
          • Kingpin offset/scrub radius
        • 32 00... Identification of sport suspension
        • 32 00... Identification of suspension without label
        • 32 00... Move vehicle into normal position
        • 32 00... Moving vehicle into design position
        • 32 00... Notes
          • Vehicle with Interlock-System:
        • 32 00... Suspension assignment via optional extras
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
        • 32 00 150 Standard chassis / wheel alignment with DIN load
        • 32 00 610 Adjusting front wheel alignment (with KDS)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 00 620 Adjusting rear axle
          • Notes
          • Adjusting camber:
          • Adjust toe-in:
      • Steering Gear
        • 32 13... Design and function of recirculating ball power steering unit
          • Notes
          • Steering wheel in neutral position:
          • Steering wheel turned to right:
          • Steering wheel turned to left:
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 13 060 Removing and installing power steering gear
          • Notes
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Steering Arms, Tie Rod
        • 32 21... Layout of steering linkage
        • 32 21 080 Removing and installing idler arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 091 Replacing idler arm bushing for idler arm
        • 32 21 231 Replacing left or right tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 281 Replacing center tie rod
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 501 Removing and installing pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 21 510 Adjusting pitman arm
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Column
        • 32 00... Carry out steering angle sensor adjustment
        • 32 31 003 Replacing Upper Section Of Steering Column Trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 020 Removing and installing / replacing lower section of steering column trim
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 070 Removing and installing or replacing (lower) steering spindle
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 082 Removing and installing or replacing steering angle sensor
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 090 Removing and installing complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 151 Replacing upper steering spindle bearing
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 31 161 Replacing lower steering spindle bearing
        • 32 31 241 Replacing adjusting lever for steering column
        • 32 31 595 Dismantling and assembling complete steering column
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Lock
        • 32 32 001 Replacing complete steering lock
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 32 32 050 Removing and installing or replacing steering-lock cylinder
        • 32 32 170 Removing and installing/replacing Interlock cable
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel
        • 32 33 000 Removing and installing steering wheel
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Steering Wheel For Airbag
        • 32 34... Function
        • 32 34 020 Removing and installing or replacing airbag unit
        • 32 34 510 Replacing contact ring (airbag)
        • 72 00... Safety regulations for handling airbag system components
          • Failure to comply with warnings and repair instructions may result in faulty activations and cause physical injury!
      • Pump And Oil Supply
        • 32 13 006 Bleeding power steering unit
        • 32 41... Instructions for removing and installing ear clips
        • 32 41... Instructions for using special tool 32 4 000
          • Notes
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M14 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 banjo bolt:
          • Pressure hose connection to pump with M16 x 1.5 union screw:
        • 32 41... Layout of power steering unit components and lines
        • 32 41... Notes on hydraulic line with quick-release coupling
        • 32 41 001 Servotronic troubleshooting
        • 32 41 009 Checking function of power-steering pump
          • Notes
          • Checking pump pressure:
          • Checking power steering:
          • Installation:
        • 32 41 060 Removing and installing vane pump for power steering unit
          • Recycling:
          • Installation:
      • Alignment Specifications
      • Troubleshooting
        • 32 00... Troubleshooting on the front axle / rear axle (alignment check)
          • Troubleshooting on the front axle
          • Troubleshooting on the rear axle
    • Steering And Wheel Alignment - Special Tools
      • Steering and wheel alignment
        • 32 1 000 Adapter
      • 32 1 050 Thrust piece
      • 32 1 060 Drift
      • 32 1 090 Thrust piece
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 190 Removal tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 1 200 Fixture
      • 32 1 260 Pliers
      • 32 1 270 Plugs (set)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 000 Tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 2 030 Fixture
      • 32 2 140 Gauge
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 050 Assembly sleeves
      • 32 3 060 Bush
      • 32 3 070 Set of tools
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 110 Releasing tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 3 120 Tone socket E8
      • 32 3 140 Setting tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 32 4 000 Fixture
      • 32 4 100 Double-ended ring wrench 17/19 A/F
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Operating Fluids - Wheels And Tires
      • 1.0 Tire Mounting Paste
      • 2.0 Wheel Cleaners
      • 3.0 Wheel Hub Covers
      • 4.0 Anti-Corrosion Paste
    • WHEEL AND TIRES - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Wheels
        • 36 10 209 Checking front and rear wheel for face and radial runout
        • 36 10 300 Removing or installing front or rear wheel
        • 36 10 508 Balancing wheel dynamically (wheel removed)
        • 36 10 713 Checking one road wheel on balancing machine for face and radial runout (wheel removed)
        • 36 10 715 Checking rim for face and radial runout
      • Disc wheels (rims)
        • 36 11 520 Removing and installing/replacing RDC control module
        • 36 11 522 Removing and installing/replacing front receiving antenna for RDC
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 36 11 527 Removing and installing/replacing rear receiving antenna for RDC
        • 36 11 533 Removing and installing/replacing RDC wheel electronics
          • Notes
          • Labeling of wheel electronics
          • Removing wheel electronics
          • Installing wheel electronics
      • Tires
        • 36 12 001 Changing a tire (on front, rear or spare wheel)
      • Mounting
        • 36 13 Subsequent installation of wheel-bolt lock
    • Wheel And Tires - Service Information
      • Kinematic Diagnosis System And Environment
        • Notes
        • 1. Foreword
          • 1.1 Objectives
          • 1.2 Further development of the BMW Kinematic Diagnosis System
          • 1.3 Technical Data
          • 1.4 Scope Of Delivery
          • 1.5 Accessories Required
          • 1.6 Accessories recommended
        • 2. Measuring Options Using The BMW Kinematic Diagnosis System
          • 2.1 Front Axle
          • 2.2 Rear Axle
          • 2.3 Other Measuring Options
        • 3. System Description
          • 3.1 BMW Kinematic Diagnosis System 1, Based On The Beissbarth ML4000
            • Notes
            • 1. Mobile Workstation
            • 2. Mobile Compact Cabinet
            • 3.2 Computer
            • 3.3 Graphical Tablet
            • 3.4 Equipment Cabinet
            • 3.5 Remote Display
            • 3.6 Measuring Sensors With CCD Camera
            • 3.7 BMW Quick-Acting Clamp
            • 3.8 Rotating/Sliding Plates
            • 3.9 Sensor Pins
            • 3.10 Spoiler Adapter
            • 3.11 Quick-Clamping Units
            • 3.12 Retainers
        • 4. Workstation
          • 4.1 Environment
          • 4.2 Preconditions For Alignment
          • 4.3 Measuring Tolerance
          • 4.4 Levelling The Measuring Station
        • 5. Chassis-Related Terms
          • 5.1 Toe-Differential Angle
          • 5.2 Camber
          • 5.3 Toe-In
          • 5.4 Caster
          • 5.5 Geometrical Drive Axis/Symmetrical Axis
          • 5.6 Wheel Displacement Angle
          • 5.7 Kingpin Offset
        • 6. Wheel Suspension
          • Notes
          • 6.1 Rigid Axle Suspension
          • 6.2 Independent Wheel Suspension
        • 7. Wheel Alignment Procedure
          • 7.1 Measuring Options
          • 7.2 Preparatory Work
          • 7.3 Initial/Final Measurement
          • 7.4 Printing Out The Data
        • 8. Special Features
          • 8.1 Free Wheel Alignment
          • 8.2 System Settings
        • 9. BMW Kinematic Diagnosis System Comparison (BOSCH - BEISSBARTH)
        • 10. Control Modification (Menu)
          • 10.1 Remote Control With Display
          • 10.2 Brief Operating Instructions
          • 10.3 Display Support
        • 11. Updating The Software/SETPOINT Data
          • Notes
          • 11.1 Requirements
          • 11.2 Procedure (Beissbarth)
          • 11.3 Procedure (Bosch)
        • 12. Creating, Copying And Editing SETPOINT Data
          • 12.1 Copying
          • 12.2 Creating
          • 12.3 Editing
        • 13. Special Functions
          • 13.1 Customer-Specific Printer Report Header
          • 13.2 Adjusting Options
          • 13.3 Rotating Plate Test
          • 13.4 Viewing And Deleting Customer Entries From Database
        • 14. Modifications Within Program
        • 15. Faults
          • 15.1 Tyre Faults
          • 15.2 Front Axle Faults
          • 15.3 Rear Axle Faults
      • Runflat indicator
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Brief Description Of Components
        • System Functions
          • Notes
          • Self-Test
          • Initialization
          • Detects Drop In Tyre Pressure
          • Visual And Acoustic Warning
        • Special Conditions For System Function
        • Operation
        • Notes for service staff
          • Notes
          • General information:
          • Diagnosis:
        • Us National Version
      • Tires With Emergency Running Characteristics And Tyre Pressure Warning Systems
        • Notes
        • General information
          • Warning Systems
          • Emergency Running Systems
        • Tyre Pressure Control (RDC)
          • RDC System Description
          • Advantages of RDC
          • RDC System Layout
            • Notes
            • Component Description
        • Tyre Pressure Warning RDW
          • RDW System Description
            • Notes
            • Advantages of RDW
          • RDW System Layout
            • Notes
            • Component Description
        • Emergency Running Systems
          • Introduction
          • Emergency Running Systems Setup
            • Emergency Running System With Self-Supporting Tires
            • Comparison Standard Tyres/Self-Supporting Tires
            • Disc Wheels
            • Emergency Running System With Integrated Support Ring
            • Wheel Structure With Integrated Support Ring
      • Storing wheels and tires
        • Notes
        • Wheels/Tires - General Notes
          • Notes
          • Storage Requirements
          • Preparing Wheels/Tires
          • Wheel/Tyre Storage Requirements
    • Wheel And Tires - Special Tools - E38
      • Wheels and Tires
        • 36 1 010 Spring lifter
      • 36 1 020 Tire pliers
      • 36 1 030 Tester
      • 36 1 040 Scraper
      • 36 1 100 ACC wheel holder
      • 36 1 250 Wheel hub grinder
      • 36 1 300 Set of wheel stud adapters
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 36 1 450 Adapter lead, 32-pin
    • WHEEL AND TIRES - TECHNICAL DATA - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Wheels
        • 36 10 Wheels One-part alloy wheels
        • 36 10 Wheels Steel and aluminum strip wheels
        • 36 10 Wheels Two-part alloy wheels
    • WHEEL AND TIRES - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Wheels
        • 36 10 Wheels
      • Disc Wheel (rims)
        • 36 12 Tires
        • 36 11 Wheel Rims
      • Tires
        • 36 12 Tires
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - Special Tools - E38
      • Automatic Transmission
        • 24 0 010 Fixture
      • 24 0 020 Oil pressure test accessories
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 0 030 Adapter
      • 24 0 040 Retaining fixture
      • 24 0 050 Extractor grip
      • 24 0 070 Adapter
      • 24 0 080 Funnel
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 0 090 Drift
      • 24 0 120 Attachment for trolley
      • 24 0 130 Take-up support for transmission
      • 24 0 140 Pipe manifold
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 0 150 Mounting bracket
      • 24 0 170 Support
      • 24 0 180 Support
      • 24 0 190 Holding fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 0 250 Take-up support for transmission
      • 24 1 010 Installation sleeve
      • 24 1 050 Impact bush
      • 24 1 060 Impact bush
      • 24 1 070 Impact bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 080 Bush (aluminum)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 090 Impact bush
      • 24 1 100 Impact bush
      • 24 1 110 Socket with magnet
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 120 Gauge
      • 24 1 170 Pin wrench
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 180 Fixture
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 190 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 200 Installation sleeve
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 1 210 Retaining plate for disc package
      • 24 1 220 Take-up support for drive flange
      • 24 1 230 Pressing tool
      • 24 1 240 Measuring device
      • 24 1 250 Lifting gear
      • 24 1 260 Removal and mounting fixture
      • 24 1 270 Removal and mounting fixture
      • 24 1 280 Removal and mounting fixture
      • 24 1 290 Wedges
      • 24 1 300 Impact tool
      • 24 1 310 Releasing tool
      • 24 2 020 Tool
      • 24 2 030 Tool
      • 24 2 040 Tool
      • 24 2 050 Extractor grip
      • 24 2 140 Tensioning tool
      • 24 2 310 Tool kit for removing and installing reverse gear piston
      • 24 2 320 Box spanner
      • 24 2 330 1/2" open-ended spanner
      • 24 2 360 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 3 040 Gauge
      • 24 3 050 Gauge
      • 24 3 140 Drive bush
      • 24 3 150 Drive bush
      • 24 4 000 Assembly grip (2)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 4 070 Fixture
      • 24 4 080 Fixture
      • 24 4 090 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 4 100 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 4 110 Spanner
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 4 120 Fixture
      • 24 4 130 Locating tool
      • 24 4 200 Drift and slip bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 5 120 Tool
      • 24 5 140 Centering pin
      • 24 5 150 Centering pin with thread (2)
      • 24 5 160 Centering pins
      • 24 5 190 Adapter
      • 24 5 200 Impact bush
      • 24 5 210 Holder
      • 24 5 220 Holder
      • 24 5 230 Assembly ring
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 5 240 Holder
      • 24 5 250 Bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 5 260 Extractor tool
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 5 270 Bush
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 5 350 Take-up support for automatic transmission
      • 24 5 400 Drift
      • 24 5 490 Slip sleeve (5)
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 6 000 Test cable, 8-pin
      • 24 6 010 Test cable, 9-pin
      • 24 6 020 Test cable, 14-pin
      • 24 6 060 Test cable, 16-pin
      • 24 6 070 Test cable, 20-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 24 6 080 Test lead, 16-pin
        • Minimum set: Measuring and testing equipment
      • 24 8 100 Adapter
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 8 110 Drift
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 8 120 Rubber profile
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 24 8 130 Drift
    • Automatic Transmission Control - Overview
      • Electronic Transmission Control
        • Purpose of the System
        • Transmission Version and Control Systems
          • Notes
          • ZF Control Systems
          • Hydramatic Control Systems
        • Transmission Identification
          • Notes
          • Transmission ID Tag Location
        • System Components (Electrical)
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module
          • Turbine Speed Sensor
            • Notes
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor
          • Transmission Oil Temp Sensor
          • Kickdown Switch
          • Brake Switch
          • Transmission Range Selector Switch
          • Transmission Program Switch
          • Steptronic Components
          • Magnetic Valves
          • Pressure Regulating Solenoids
            • Notes
            • Hydramatic Pressure Regulator
          • Mechatronics Module GA 6HP26Z
          • Instrument Cluster
        • Transmission Features and Principles of Operation
          • Adaptive Hydraulic Pressure Control
          • Downshift Protection
          • Reverse Lockout
          • Engine Warm Up Cycle
          • ASC/DSC Shift Intervention
          • Torque Reduction
          • Emergency Program
          • AC Compressor Load Sensing (Hydramatic Transmissions)
          • Shift Lock
          • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Notes
            • Lock-Up Torque Converter
          • Shift Solenoid Control
          • Pressure Regulation
          • Shift Programs
          • Steptronic Shift Modes
            • Notes
            • Automatic Functions In Manual Mode
            • Steptronic Shifter Circuit
            • Steptronic System Comparison
        • Adaptive Features (AGS)
          • Notes
          • Driver Influenced Features Of AGS
            • Notes
            • Drive Away Evaluation
            • Kick Fast Feature
          • Environmentally Influenced AGS Features
            • Notes
            • STOP And GO
            • Winter Drive Program
            • Hill Recognition Program
            • Curve Recognition
            • Cruise Control Drive program
            • Manually Selected "Extreme Sport" Program
            • Modifications To AGS Features
        • CAN Bus Communication
          • Notes
          • CAN Bus Topology
            • Notes
            • Troubleshooting The CAN Bus
        • Diagnosis and Troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Establishing A Diagnostic Plan
          • Fault Codes
            • Notes
            • Fault Conditions
          • Identification Page
          • Diagnosis Program
          • Test Modules
          • Diagnostic Tips
          • Information Resources
            • Notes
            • Technical Information System (TIS)
            • Service Round Table
        • TCM Coding and Programming
          • Notes
          • Coding
          • Programming
        • Transmission Fluid Information
          • Transmission Fluid (Oil)
          • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedures
          • Transmission Fluid Application
        • Transmission Service
          • Overview Of Allowable Repairs
            • Notes
            • BMW Technical Hotline
            • BMW Value Line Program
        • BMW Special Tools (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Transmission Removal And Installation
            • Tool # 24 1 110
            • Tool # 24 4 130
            • Tool # 24 2 300
          • Transmission Adjustments
            • Tool # 24 2 320
            • Tool # 24 2 330
            • Tool # 24 1 120
          • Transmission Diagnostic Tools
            • Tool # 24 6 000
            • Tool # 24 6 060
            • Tool # 24 6 020
            • Tool # 24 6 010
            • Tool # 24 6 080
            • Tool # 24 6 070
          • Service and Repair Tools
            • Tool # 24 1 170
            • Tool # 24 4 110
            • Tool # 24 1 220
            • Tool # 24 2 380
            • Tool # 24 2 310
            • Tool # 24 1 200
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes - Transmission
      • Description & Operation
      • Diagnosis & Testing
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3, 318i & 318ti (1/96-8/96)
            • Notes
            • 1996 4-Cylinder Diagnosis: Z3, 318i & 318ti (1/96-8/96)
          • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Z3, 318i & 318ti (9/96-8/97)
            • Notes
            • 1997 4-Cylinder Diagnosis: Z3, 318i & 318ti (9/96-8/97)
          • TABLE 3: Z3 (10/97-8/98), 318i (9/97-6/98) & 318ti (9/97-6/98)
            • Notes
            • 1998 4-Cylinder Diagnosis: Z3 (10/97-8/98), 318i (9/97-6/98) & 318ti (9/97-6/98)
          • TABLE 4: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 318ti (9/98-12/98)
            • Notes
            • 1999 4-Cylinder Diagnosis: 318ti (9/98-12/98)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder : M52 - 2.8L (11/95-8/96)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis: M52 - 2.8L (11/95-8/96)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (3-Series - 9/96-8/97) & 5-Series (3/96-8/97)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis: M52 - 2.8L 3-Series (9/96-8/97) & 5-Series (3/96-8/97)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (M3 - 4/96-8/97)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis - M3, 3.2L (4/96-8/97)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (9/97-8/98)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis: 6-Cylinder (9/97-8/98)
          • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (323i, 328i & 528i - 9/98-5/99)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis (323i, 328i, 528i - 9/98-5/99)
          • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (M COUPE, M ROADSTER, M3, Z3, 328is, 528i - 9/98-5/99)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis (M Coupe, M Roadster, M3, Z3, 328is, 528i - 9/98-5/99)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (Z3 - 6/99-5/00)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis (Z3 - 6/99-5/00)
          • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 6-CYLINDER (323i, 328i & 528i - 6/99-8/00)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis (323i, 328i & 528i - 6/99-8/00)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder (4/00-9/01)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder Diagnosis (4/00-9/01)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission (9/01-8/02)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 1 Of 4)
            • 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 2 Of 4)
            • 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 3 Of 4)
            • 6-Cylinder: ZF Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 4 Of 4)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm Transmission (9/01-8/02)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 1 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 2 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 3 Of 3)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Transmission (9/02-2003)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 1 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 2 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 3 Of 3)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm5 Transmission (9/02-2003)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Transmission Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 1 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Transmission Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 2 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Transmission Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 3 Of 3)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission (3/03-2003)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (3/03-2003 - 1 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (3/03-2003 - 2 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (3/03-2003 - 3 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (3/03-2003 - 4 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (3/03-2003 - 5 Of 5)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Non-AWD Transmission (2004)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 4)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 4)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 4)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 4 Of 4)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 (5-Speed) - AWD Transmission (2004)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: 5HP19 AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 3)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 (6-Speed) - AWD Transmission (2004)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 4 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: 6HP19 Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 5 Of 5)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Non-AWD Transmission (2004)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 Non-AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 3)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: Gm5 - AWD (2004)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 3)
            • 6-Cylinder: GM5 AWD Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 3)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission (2004)
            • Notes
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 4 Of 5)
            • 6-Cylinder: SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 5 Of 5)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8: Transmission (1/96-8/97)
            • Notes
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (1996-8/97)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/97-8/00)
            • Notes
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/97-8/00)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/00-8/01)
            • Notes
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/00-8/01)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (9/01-8/02)
            • Notes
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 1 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 2 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 3 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 4 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission Diagnosis (9/01-8/02 - 5 Of 5)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 Transmission (5-Speed - 9/02-2003)
            • Notes
            • V8 Transmission 5-Speed Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 1 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission 5-Speed Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 2 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission 5-Speed Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 3 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission 5-Speed Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 4 Of 5)
            • V8 Transmission 5-Speed Diagnosis (9/02-2003 - 5 Of 5)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8: Transmission (SMG - 2004)
            • Notes
            • V8 SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 4)
            • V8 SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 4)
            • V8 SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 4)
            • V8 SMG Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 4 Of 4)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 & V12 Transmission (6-Speed - 2003)
            • Notes
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2003 - 1 Of 6)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2003 - 2 Of 6)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2003 - 3 Of 6)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2003 - 4 Of 6)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2003 - 5 Of 6)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2003 - 6 Of 6)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V8 & V12 Transmission (6-Speed - 2004)
            • Notes
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 1 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 2 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 3 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 4 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 5 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 6 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 7 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 8 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 9 Of 10)
            • V8 & V12 6-Speed Transmission Diagnosis (2004 - 10 Of 10)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1996)
            • Notes
            • V12 Transmission Diagnosis (1996)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1997)
            • Notes
            • V12 Transmission Diagnosis (1997)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (1998-2000)
            • Notes
            • V12 Transmission Diagnosis (1998-2000)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes V12 Transmission (2001)
            • Notes
            • V12 Transmission Diagnosis (2001)
    • Electronic Transmission - Overview
      • Purpose Of System
      • Transmission Versions & Control Systems
      • Transmission Identification
        • Notes
        • Transmission Id Tag Location
      • System Components
        • Transmission Control Module
        • Turbine Speed Sensor
          • Notes
          • 4HP22/24 (Eh), A4S310/270R
          • A5S310Z, A5S325Z, A5S440Z, A5S560Z, A5S360/390R
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • 4HP22/24 (Eh)
          • All Except A5S360/390R, GA6HP26Z
          • A5S360/390R Transmission
          • GA6HP26Z
        • KICKDOWN Switch
        • Brake Switch
        • Transmission Range Selector Switch
        • Transmission Program Switch
        • STEPTRONIC Components
        • Magnetic Valves
        • Pressure Regulating Solenoids
        • HYDRAMATIC Pressure Regulator
        • Instrument Cluster
          • Notes
          • Transmission Range
          • Transmission Program
          • Transmission Fault Information
      • Transmission Features & Principles Of Operation
        • Adaptive Hydraulic Pressure Control
        • Downshift Protection
        • Reverse Lockout
        • Engine Warm Up Cycle
        • ASC/DSC Shift Intervention
        • Torque Reduction
        • Emergency Program
        • A/C Compressor Load Sensing (HYDRAMATIC Transmissions)
        • Shift Lock
        • Torque Converter Clutch
        • Shift Solenoid Control
        • Pressure Regulation
        • Shift Programs
        • STEPTRONIC Shift Modes
        • Automatic Functions In Manual Mode
        • STEPTRONIC Shifter Circuit
      • Adaptive Features (AGS)
        • Notes
        • Driver Influenced Features Of AGS
        • Drive Away Evaluation
        • Kick Fast Feature
        • Stop & Go
        • Winter Drive Program
        • Hill Recognition Program
        • Curve Recognition
        • Cruise Control Drive Program
        • Manually Selected "Extreme Sport" Program
        • Modifications To AGS Features
      • Can Bus Communication
        • Notes
        • Can Bus Topology
        • Troubleshooting The Can Bus
        • Failure Of The Can Bus Cables
        • Terminal Resistors
      • Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
        • Notes
        • Establishing A Diagnostic Plan
        • Fault Codes
        • Fault Conditions
        • Identification Page
        • Diagnosis Program
        • Test Modules
        • Diagnostic Tips
      • TCM Coding & Programming
        • Notes
        • Coding
        • Programming
      • Transmission Fluid Information
        • Transmission Fluid (Oil)
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedures
        • Transmission Fluid Application
      • Transmission Service
        • Overview Of Allowable Repairs
    • Electronic Transmission Control - Overview
      • Transmission Fundamentals
        • Standard/Automatic Transmission Comparison
        • Hydraulic Transmission vs. Electro-hydraulic Transmission
        • Transmission Identification
        • Transmission Hydraulics
          • Transmission Fluid (Oil)
        • Transmission Fluid Application
        • Torque Converter
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter
            • Torque Converter Operation At Low Speeds
            • Torque Converter Operation At High Speed
        • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Notes
          • Example Of TCC Oil Control Circuit From The A5S440/560Z Transmission.
        • Oil Pump
          • Notes
          • Crescent Type Oil Pump (All Except A5S360/390R)
            • Notes
            • Oil Volume Control
          • Vane Type Pump (A5S360/390R)
        • Hydraulic Control Components
          • Electro/Hydraulic Valve Body
          • Shift Valves
        • Pressure Regulation
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulation
        • Apply Components
          • Multi - Plate Clutches And Brakes
            • Notes
            • Multi - Plate Clutch Operation
          • Band Brakes
          • One-Way Clutches (Freewheel)
        • Planetary Gear Set
          • Notes
          • Advantages Of Planetary Design
          • Basic Power Flow
        • Compound Planetary Gear Sets
          • Notes
          • Simpson Gear Set
          • Ravigneaux Gear Set
          • Wilson Gear Set
          • Lepelletier Gear Set
          • Double Planetary Set
        • Planetary Gear Set Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Flow Schematic
          • Second Gear
          • Third Gear
          • Fourth Gear
          • Reverse Gear
        • Shift Control
          • Freewheel Shifting
          • Overlap Shift Control
          • Overlap Shifting
          • Negative Overlap
          • Positive Overlap
        • Transmission Control Module
    • Engine And Transmission Mounting - Tightening Torques
      • Engine Suspension
        • 22 11 Engine Suspension
        • 22 32 Transmission mounts
      • Transmission Suspension
        • 22 32 Transmission mounts
    • GEAR SHIFT MECHANISM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Center shift Automatic Transmission
        • 25 16 ... Checking/adjusting Interlock/Shiftlock function
          • Adjusting interlock (with Steptronic):
          • Adjusting interlock (without Steptronic):
          • Checking interlock function:
          • Checking shiftlock function:
        • 25 16 051 Removing and installing or replacing shift lever bracket
          • Notes
          • For cable clamping up to 8.95:
          • Installation:
          • Cable clamping from 8.95:
        • 25 16 056 Removing and installing/replacing shift tower (Steptronic)
          • Notes
          • Installation
          • Installation:
        • 25 16 061 Replacing handle for selector lever
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 25 16 130 Removing and installing/replacing shiftlock solenoid (Steptronic)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • GEAR SHIFT MECHANISM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Centre Shift Automatic
        • 25 16 Shift Console - Automatic Transmission
    • Operating Fluids - Automatic Transmission
      • 1.0 General Information On Automatic Transmission Fluids
      • 2.0 Oil Additives
      • 3.0 Approved Automatic Transmission Fluids For Initial Fillings and Correcting Fluid Levels
        • 3.1 GM Transmissions
          • Notes
          • A4S 270R (THM-R1W)
          • A4S 310R (THM-R1)
          • A4S 200R (Gm4) & A5S 360R/390R (Gm5)
            • Notes
            • Vehicles using transmission oils ETL 7045 E and Dexron VI
        • 3.2 ZF Transmissions
          • Notes
          • ZF 3HP22, 4HP22, 4HP24
          • A5S 310Z (5HP18)
            • E36
            • E34
          • A5S325Z (5HP19)
            • E46
            • E39
            • E83
            • E85
          • A5S 440Z (5HP24)
            • E31
            • E38
            • E39
            • E53
          • A5S 560Z (5HP30)
            • E31
            • E32
            • E34
            • E38
            • E39
          • GA6HP19Z
            • E90
          • GA6HP26Z
            • E60/61
            • E60
            • E63, E64
            • E65
            • E66
      • 4.0 Checking Transmission Fluid Level
        • Notes
        • ZF 3HP and 4HP
        • A5S 560Z, A5S440Z, GA6HP19Z, GA6HP26Z, GA6HP26Z, A5S325Z, A5S 310Z
        • A4S 270R, A4S 310R and A5S 360R
      • 5.0 Transmission Fluid Change Intervals (If Applicable)
    • Operating Fluids - Gear Shift Mechanism
      • 1.0 General Information
    • Removal & Installation - A/T (Except A4S 270R/310R)
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Transmission
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Servicing - A/T
      • Application
      • Lubrication
        • Notes
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level
          • Models Without A Transmission Dipstick
        • Recommended Fluid
        • Draining & Refilling
      • Adjustments
        • Gearshift Cable
      • Torque Specifications
    • Standard/Automatic Transmission - Overview
      • Standard/Automatic Transmission
      • Hydraulic Transmission Vs. Electro-Hydraulic Transmission
      • Transmission Identification
      • Transmission Hydraulics
        • Transmission Fluid (Oil)
        • Transmission Fluid Application
        • Torque Converter
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Operation At Low Speeds
          • Torque Converter Operation at High Speed
          • Torque Converter Clutch
        • Oil Pump
          • Notes
          • Crescent Type Oil Pump (All except A5S360/390R)
          • Oil Volume Control
          • Vane Type Pump (A5S360/390R)
        • Hydraulic Control Components
          • Electro/Hydraulic Valve Body
          • Shift Valves
          • Pressure Regulation
        • Apply Components
          • Multi - Plate Clutches and Brakes
          • Multi - Plate Clutch Operation
        • Band Brakes
        • One-Way Clutches (Freewheel)
        • Planetary Gear Set
          • Notes
          • Advantages of Planetary Design
          • Basic Power Flow Example
          • Compound Planetary Gear Sets
          • Simpson Gear Set
          • Ravigneaux Gear Set
          • Wilson Gear Set
          • Lepelletier Gear Set
          • Planetary Gear Set Operation
        • Power Flow Schematic
          • Notes
          • Power Flow In First Gear
          • Second Gear
          • Third Gear
          • Fourth Gear
          • Reverse Gear
        • Shift Control
          • Freewheel Shifting
          • Overlap Shift Control
          • Overlap Shifting
          • Negative Overlap
          • Positive Overlap
      • Transmission Control Module
  • Clutch
    • Clutch - Special Tools - E38
      • Clutch
        • 21 2 170 Tensioning tool
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 21 2 180 Locating ring
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 21 2 190 Locating ring
        • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
      • 21 5 030 Fixture
    • Clutch - Torque Specifications
      • 11 Clutch Housing
        • 21 11 Bell Housing
      • 21 Clutch With Driving Disc
        • 21 21 Clutch Disc And Drive Plate
      • 52 Clutch Operation (Hydraulic)
        • 21 52 Clutch Operation (Hydraulic)
    • Operating Fluids - Clutch
      • 1.0 General Information
      • 2.0 SMG: Sequential Manual Gear Box
      • 3.0 Other Operating Fluids
        • Clutch Component Grease
    • PEDALS - REPAIR - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Pedal Mounting Block
        • 35 11 000 Removing and installing mounting block for pedals
      • Brake Pedal with Link
        • 35 21 000 Removing and installing or replacing brake pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Clutch Pedal With Linkage
        • 35 31 000 Removing and installing / replacing clutch pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Accelerator Pedal
        • 35 40 001 Removing and installing/replacing accelerator pedal module
        • 35 40 503 Replacing adapter plate
      • Kick Down
        • 35 40 001 Removing and installing/replacing accelerator pedal module
        • 35 40 503 Replacing adapter plate
        • 35 41 ... Adjusting bowden cable for throttle valve actuation
          • Manual transmission:
          • Automatic transmission:
        • 35 41 000 Removing and installing or replacing foot pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 41 010 Removing and installing or replacing accelerator pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 41 421 Replacing bowden cable for throttle valve actuation
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 41 480 Replacing kick-down switch
          • Notes
          • Installation:
      • Foot Operate Parking Brake
        • 35 51 001 Removing and installing or replacing parking brake foot pedal
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 51 003 Removing and installing damper for footbrake lever
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 35 51 030 Removing and installing or replacing front bowden cable for parking brake
        • 35 51 040 Removing and installing / replacing left or right Bowden cable for parking brake pedal
    • Pedals - Special Tools - E38
      • Pedals
        • Notes
        • 35 0 010 Setting gauge
          • Minimum set: Mechanical tools
    • PEDALS - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Pedal mounting block
        • 35 11 Pedal Assembly Console
      • Brake Pedal and Linkage
        • 35 21 Brake Pedal and Linkage
      • Clutch Pedal and Linkage
        • 35 31 Clutch Pedal and Linkage
      • Accelerator Pedals
        • 34 41 Parking Brake
        • 35 11 Pedal Assembly Console
        • 35 40 Pedals
      • Kick-down
        • 35 41 Accelerator Pedal and Linkage
  • Manual Trans
    • Engine And Transmission Mounting - Tightening Torques
      • Engine Suspension
        • 22 11 Engine Suspension
        • 22 32 Transmission mounts
      • Transmission Suspension
        • 22 32 Transmission mounts
    • GEAR SHIFT MECHANISM - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Center shift Automatic Transmission
        • 25 16 ... Checking/adjusting Interlock/Shiftlock function
          • Adjusting interlock (with Steptronic):
          • Adjusting interlock (without Steptronic):
          • Checking interlock function:
          • Checking shiftlock function:
        • 25 16 051 Removing and installing or replacing shift lever bracket
          • Notes
          • For cable clamping up to 8.95:
          • Installation:
          • Cable clamping from 8.95:
        • 25 16 056 Removing and installing/replacing shift tower (Steptronic)
          • Notes
          • Installation
          • Installation:
        • 25 16 061 Replacing handle for selector lever
          • Notes
          • Installation:
        • 25 16 130 Removing and installing/replacing shiftlock solenoid (Steptronic)
          • Notes
          • Installation:
    • GEAR SHIFT MECHANISM - TIGHTENING TORQUES - 740i & 740iL - E38
      • Centre Shift Automatic
        • 25 16 Shift Console - Automatic Transmission
    • Operating Fluids - Gear Shift Mechanism
      • 1.0 General Information
    • Operating Fluids - Manual Transmission
      • 1.0 General Information on Gear Lubricants
      • 2.0 Oil Additives
      • 3.0 Manual Transmission Oil Requirements and Specifications
        • Notes
        • Manual Transmission Cold Shift Effort
      • 4.0 Transmission Oil Change Interval
    • Servicing - M/T
      • Application
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level
        • Recommended Fluid
        • Fluid Capacities
      • Adjustments
        • Gearshift Linkage
      • Torque Specifications
• External Pages